Table of Contents

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

xANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 20132014

OR

¨
oTRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the Transition Period FromTo

Commission File Number: 001-35470

Annie’s, Inc.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware 20-1266625

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

 

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

1610 Fifth Street

Berkeley, CA

 94710
(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

(510) 558-7500

(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock, $0.001 par value per shareThe New York Stock Exchange

Title of each class                    Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share             The New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:

None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities
Act. Yes ¨x No xo

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the
Act. Yes ¨o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No ¨o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (Section 229.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No ¨o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   ¨o



Table of Contents

Indicate by a check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definitionthe definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):

Large accelerated filer¨x Accelerated filerxo
Non-accelerated filero¨  (Do(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)Smaller reporting company¨o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b–212b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨o    No  x

As of September 28, 2012,30, 2013, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the common stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant was $453.6$705.6 million, based on the number of shares held by non-affiliates as of September 28, 201230, 2013 and the closing price of the registrant’s common stock on the New York Stock Exchange on September 28, 2012.

30, 2013.

On May 31, 2013April 30, 2014, the registrant had 16,880,00417,039,792 shares of common stock, par value $0.001 per share, outstanding.


DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’sregistrant's Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A in connection with the registrant’s 2013registrant's 2014 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, to be filed subsequent to the date hereof, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Report. Such Definitive Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission not later than 120 days after the conclusion of the registrant’sregistrant's fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.2014. Except with respect to information specifically incorporated by reference in this Form 10-K, the Proxy Statement is not deemed to be filed as part of this Form 10-K.



Table of Contents

Annie’s, Inc.

Annual Report on Form 10-K

Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS
PART I 
Item 1

Item 1 – Business

1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
PART II 

Item 1A – Risk Factors

15

Item 1B – Unresolved Staff Comments

31

Item 2 – Properties

31

Item 3 – Legal Proceedings

31

Item 4 – Mine Safety Disclosures

31
PART II

Item 5

32

Item 6

34

Item 7

38

Item 7A

56

Item 8

57

Item 9

Item 9A85
Item 9B
PART III 

Item 9A – Controls and Procedures

85

Item 9B – Other Information

85
PART III

Item 10

86

Item 11

86

Item 12

86

Item 13

86

Item 14

86PART IV 
PART IV

Item 15

Signatures 87

88


1


Forward-Looking Statements

This Annual Report on Form 10-K includes forward-looking statements in addition to historical information. These forward-looking statements are included throughout this Form 10-K, including in the sections entitled “Business,” “Risk Factors” and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”Income” and relate to matters such as our industry, business strategy, goals and expectations concerning our market position, future operations, margins, profitability, capital expenditures, liquidity, capital resources and other financial and operating information. We have used the words “anticipate,” “assume,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “future,” “will,” “seek,” “foreseeable” and similar terms and phrases to identify forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K.

The forward-looking statements contained in this Form 10-K are based on management’s current expectations and are subject to uncertainty and changes in circumstances. We cannot assure you that future developments affecting us will be those that we have anticipated. Actual results may differ materially from these expectations due to changes in global, regional or local economic, business, competitive, market, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control. We believe that these factors include those described in “Risk Factors.” Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should any of our assumptions prove incorrect, our actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements. Any forward-looking statement made by us in this Form 10-K speaks only as of the date of this Form 10-K. Factors or events that could cause our actual results to differ may emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict all of them. We undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise, except as may be required by any applicable securities laws.


PART I

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

Annie’s, Inc. is a natural and organic food company with a widely recognized brand, offering consumers great-tasting products in large packaged food categories. We sell premium products made from high-quality ingredients at affordable prices. Our products appeal to health-conscious consumers who seek to avoid artificial flavors, synthetic colors and preservatives that are used in many conventional packaged foods. We have the #1number one natural and organic market position in four product lines: macaroni and cheese, snack crackers, fruit snacks and graham crackers.

Our loyal and growing consumer following has enabled us to migrate from our natural and organic roots to a brand sold across the mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser and natural retailer channels. Today, we offer over 135145 products and are present in over 26,50035,000 retail locations in the United States and Canada. Over the past three years, we have significantly increased both the number of retail locations where our products can be found and the number of our products found in individual stores. We expect that increasing penetration of the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels, combined with greater brand awareness, new product introductions, line extensions and favorable consumer trends, will continue to fuel our sales growth in all channels.

Innovation, including new product development, is a key component of our growth strategy. We invest significant resources to understand our consumers and develop products that address their desire for natural and organic alternatives to conventional packaged foods. We have a demonstrated track record of extending our product offerings into large food categories, such as fruit snacks and snack mix, and introducing products in existing categories with new sizes, flavors and ingredients. In order to quickly and economically introduce our new products to market, we typically partner with contract manufacturers that make our products according to our formulas or other specifications.

Our brand and premium products appeal to our consumers, who tend to be better-educated and more health-conscious than the average consumer. In addition, we believe that many of our consumers spend more on food and buy higher margin items than the average consumer. We believe that our products attract new consumers to the categories in which we compete, and that our products are profitable and attractive to retailers. As a result, we believe we can continue to expand in the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels, while continuing to innovate and grow our sales in the natural retailer channel.

We are mission-driven and committed to operating in a socially responsible and environmentally sustainable manner, with an open and honest corporate culture. Our corporate culture embodies these values and, as a result, we enjoy a highly motivated and skilled work force that is committed to our business and our mission. Our colorful, informative and whimsical packaging featuring our iconic mascot, Bernie, the “Rabbit of Approval,” conveys these values. We believe our consumers connect with us because they love our products and relate to our values, resulting in loyal and trusting relationships.


2

Table of Contents

We have experienced strong sales and profit growth over the past few years. We increased our net sales from $93.6$95.9 million in fiscal 20092010 to $170.0$204.1 million in fiscal 2013,2014, representing a 16.1%20.8% compound annual growth rate. Over the same period, our income from operations increased from $3.1$7.7 million in fiscal 20092010 to $20.0$26.1 million in fiscal 2013.

2014.

Joplin Acquisition
On April 2, 2014, we completed our previously announced acquisition of a snack manufacturing plant in Joplin, Missouri (the “Joplin Plant”) from Safeway Inc. and Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc. (together the “Selling Parties”) for $6.0 million, plus the value of inventory and supplies at closing (calculated based on the Selling Parties’ costs). The Joplin Plant has been the primary manufacturer of our cookie and cracker products since the inception of our snacks business in 2002. Our products produced in the Joplin Plant accounted for approximately 40% of our total snacks net sales in fiscal 2014 and represent the majority of the Joplin Plant’s total production volume. In connection with the closing of the acquisition, Annie’s Baking, LLC, our subsidiary that acquired the Joplin Plant, also entered into a supply agreement to produce products on behalf of an affiliate of Safeway Inc. for a period of three years.
Our Company History

Annie Withey co-founded Annie’s Homegrown, Inc. with Andrew Martin in 1989 with the goal of giving families healthy and delicious macaroni and cheese and to show by example that a successful business can also be socially responsible. Initially, the company sold natural macaroni and cheese dinners to regional supermarkets

and independent natural retailers in New England. Over the next 10 years, Annie’s Homegrown grew by expanding its line of natural macaroni and cheese across a broader national footprint in the mainstream grocery and natural retailer channels.

In December 1999, Homegrown Natural Foods, Inc., which was founded by our CEO, John M. Foraker, made an investment in Annie’s Homegrown and Mr. Foraker joined the board of directors. This investment enabled us to expand distribution in the mainstream grocery channel. At the time of this investment, our annual revenues were approximately $7 million. In December 1999,At this time, Mr. Martin left Annie’s Homegrown.Homegrown and Annie Withey continued in her role as our Inspirational President.

From 2002 to 2005, Solera Capital, LLC, a private equity firm based in New York, made several significant equity investments in the company, acquiring control and providing capital for internal growth and acquisitions. We sometimes refer to Solera Capital, LLC and its affiliates as Solera in this Form 10-K. Under Solera’s ownership, Annie’s Homegrown embarked on a strategy to expand into new food categories, introducing Cheddar Bunnies snack crackers in 2003. In 2004, Solera formed a company later named Annie’s, Inc. to acquire all of the stock of Annie’s Homegrown held by Homegrown NaturalsNatural Foods, Inc. as well as Fantastic Foods, Inc. and Napa Valley Kitchens, Inc., two of Homegrown Natural Foods’ subsidiaries. We acquired the Annie’s Naturals brand of salad dressings in 2005. We sometimes refer to Solera Capital, LLC and its affiliates as Solera in this Form 10-K.

In connection with our initial public offering, or IPO, that closed on April 2, 2012, our

Our common stock began trading under the stock symbol BNNYis listed on the New York Stock Exchange or NYSE, on(“NYSE”) under the stock symbol BNNY and has been trading since March 28, 2012. Prior to such date, there was no public market for our common stock. In addition, we are an “emerging growth company” as defined in the JOBS Act.

More than 20 years after the company’sour founding, our original values still guide our business. Annie Withey remains involved in the business, writing the personal letters printed on the back of our boxes and responding to letters from our consumers. The company remainsWe remain a mission-driven business grounded in using natural and organic ingredients to make great-tasting products that consumers love.

Our Company Mission

Our mission is to cultivate a healthier, happier world by spreading goodness through nourishing foods, honest words and conduct that is considerate and forever kind to the planet. We have focused on building a successful and growing business in pursuit of our mission. Our corporate motto is Eat Responsibly—ActResponsibly-Act Responsibly. We offer great-tasting, high-quality natural and organic foods, while striving to act in a socially responsible and environmentally sustainable manner. We are committed to growing our business and profitability, while staying true to our mission and core values.

Our Culture

Our corporate culture is anchored by the following core values:

Annie’s is real, authentic and trusted by consumers. As a company, we strive to build upon this legacy with every decision we make.

Annie’s makes products that taste great and delight our consumers.


3

Table of Contents

Annie’s uses simple, natural and organic ingredients.

Annie’s sources from places and people we trust, with an emphasis on quality and environmental sustainability.

Annie’s is socially responsible, and we spread awareness and act as a positive role model for consumers and other businesses.

Annie’s and its valued employees treat consumers, customers, suppliers, stockholders and each other with the same high degree of respect, fairness and honesty that we expect of others.

These core values are integrally woven into our culture and serve as important guiding principles for our strategies and business decisions. Over many years, our commitment to these core values has helped us build a brand consumers trust. We believe this trust is our most important asset. We believeasset and the more consumers trust us, the more willing they are to support our brand by purchasing our current products, trying our new products and recommending them to their friends and family. We believe that our culture has been, and we expect it will remain, a source of competitive advantage.

Our Commitment to Community

We believe we have a responsibility to the planet and its people. We have a commitment to minimizing our environmental impact, which we refer to as reducing our bunny footprint. To that end, we engage in a number of programs and partnerships supporting our communities by encouraging sustainability and providing financial and in-kind support to organizations committed to healthy foods and environmental sustainability. We believe that our consumers and organic and natural suppliers value the efforts we make in the areas of social responsibility and environmental sustainability, including:

Grants for Gardens, a program that offers small grants to community gardens, school gardens and other educational programs that educate children about the origins and benefits of healthy food.

Cases for Causes, one of our oldest grassroots programs, which provides schools and non-profit organizations with free cases of our products.

Sustainable Agriculture Scholarships, which provide financial assistance to students committed to studying sustainable and organic agriculture.

We also provide financial support to organizations that promote organic farming and advocacy.

Business Segments

We have determined that we operate as one segment: the manufacturing, marketing and distribution of natural and organic food products. Our chief executive officer is considered to be our chief operating decision maker. He reviews our operating results on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance. In fiscal 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, net sales from outside of the U.S. waswere 4%, 3%4% and 3%, respectively, of our total net sales.sales, respectively. All of our long-lived assets are located in the U.S.

Industry Overview

According to a leading industry source, the U.S. is the world’s largest organic food market, with sales of natural and organic foods exceeding $45 billion in 2011. From 2000 to 2010, the U.S. natural and organic food market grew at a compound annual growth rate of approximately 12% and was found by the same industry source to have grown by approximately 10% in 2011. We believe growth rates for the U.S. natural and organic food market have been, and will continue to be, higher than those for the overall U.S. food market.

We believe growth in the natural and organic food market is driven by various factors, including heightened awareness of the role that food and nutrition play in long-term health and wellness. Many consumers prefer natural and organic products due to increasing concerns over the purity and safety of food as a result of the presence of pesticide residues, growth hormones and artificial and genetically engineered ingredients in the foods we eat. The development and implementation of USDA standards for organic certification has increased consumer awareness of, and confidence in, products labeled as organic. According to a well-regarded consumer research firm, 75% of adults in the U.S. purchased natural or organic foods in 2010, with 33% of consumers using organic products at least once a month as compared to 22% ten years before.

Products that are independently certified as organic in accordance with the USDA Organic Foods Production Act and its implementing regulations are made with ingredients generally free of synthetic pesticides, fertilizers, chemicals and, in the case of dairy products, synthetic growth hormones. The USDA’s National

Organic Program regulations include the National List of Allowed and Prohibited Substances for use in certified organic products, which is amended from time to time based on recommendations from the National Organic Standards Board. The USDA requires that certified organic products need to be composed of at least 95% organic ingredients, while “made with organic” products need to be composed of at least 70% organic ingredients. Although not certified, natural products are generally considered in the industry to be minimally processed and largely or completely free of artificial flavors and preservatives, synthetic colors and other non-naturally occurring chemicals.

We believe growth in the natural and organic food market was historically anchored by a core of informed, health-conscious consumers, who remained committed to buying high-quality products for themselves and their families, even through the recent economic downturn. While the average consumer basket in dedicated organic and natural stores carries a price premium compared to the same basket in mainstream stores, according to a leading national business journal study, that premium is shrinking. As economic conditions improve, and natural and organic products become more readily available in the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels, there is an opportunity for increased demand through expansion of the consumer base.

Historically, natural and organic foods were primarily available at independent organic retailers or natural and organic retail chains. Mainstream grocery stores and mass merchandisers have expanded their natural and organic product offerings because of increasing consumer demand for natural and organic products, which generally command a higher margin for the retailer. The percentage of natural and organic food sales has been rising, and, according to an industry source, in 2010, 73% of consumers purchased organic products at grocery stores as compared to 25% at natural food stores. We believe the emergence of strong natural and organic brands, driven by a loyal and growing consumer base, will act as an additional catalyst for higher penetration in the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels.

Our Competitive Strengths

We believe that the following strengths differentiate our company and create the foundation for continued sales and profit growth:

Leading natural and organic brand.We are a market leading premium natural and organic brand with proven success in large categories across multiple channels. We have the #1number one natural and organic market position in four product lines: macaroni and cheese, snack crackers, fruit snacks and graham crackers. Our brand is reinforced by distinctive packaging that communicates the fun and whimsical nature of the brand with bright colors and our iconic mascot, Bernie, the “Rabbit of Approval.” Our commitment to high-quality and great-tasting products has led to proven success in the mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser and natural retailer channels, making us a successful crossover brand.

Strong consumer loyalty.Many of our consumers are loyal and enthusiastic brand advocates. Our consumers trust us to deliver great-tasting products made with natural and organic ingredients. We believe that consumer enthusiasm for our brand inspires repeat purchases, attracts new consumers and generates interest in our new products. We receive hundreds of hand-written letters and messages through social media each month from parents and children, with many telling us they love Annie’s and often asking us to expand our product offerings.

Track record of innovation.Since the introduction of our original macaroni and cheese products in 1989, we have successfully extended our brand into a number of large product lines, such as snack crackers, graham crackers, fruit snacks, and granola bars and frozen products. We have also introduced extensions of our existing product lines. One of our most recent new product innovations is frozen organic and made with organic rising crust pizza, which we introduced in January 2012 and June 2012, respectively. In October 2012, we expanded our selection of family-friendly snack options with organic graham crackers and cheddar squares. We have made acontinue to make sustained investmentinvestments in innovation and regularly validate product concepts with our consumers and customers. In February 2013, we announced a macaroni and cheese product line extension, Bernie’s Farm Macaroni & Cheese, which began shipping nationwide in spring 2013. In March 2013, we introduced ourWe

new deluxe skillet meals, which will be available for initial shipment in summer 2013. We


4

Table of Contents

maintain an active new product pipeline, and our relationships with our ingredient suppliers and manufacturing partners enable us to efficiently introduce new products.

Strategic and valuable brand for retailers.Our brand is valuable to retailers in the mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser and natural retailer channels. We believe retailers carry our products for several reasons, including that our products satisfy consumer demand for premium natural and organic products and many of our consumers spend more on food and buy higher margin items than average consumers. Further, we believe our products offer better profitability for retailers compared to conventional packaged foods.

Core competency in organic sourcing. We have long-standing strategic relationships with key suppliers of organic ingredients. We have significant knowledge and experience sourcing these ingredients and, for some key ingredients, our supply chain relationships extend to farmers and farmer cooperatives. We consider our sourcing relationships and our knowledge of the complex organic supply chain to be a competitive advantage and barrier to entry.

Experienced management team.We have a proven and experienced senior management team. Our Chief Executive Officer, John M. Foraker, has been with us since 1999 and has significant experience in the natural and organic food industry. The members of our senior management team, including Mark Mortimer our President, who has been with us since 2006, have extensive experience in the food industry and with leading consumer brands.

Our Business Strategy

Pursue top line growth. We are pursuing three growth strategies as we continue to build our business:

Expand distribution and improve placement. We intend to increase sales by expanding the number of stores that sell our products in the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels and by securing placements adjacent to conventional products in the mainstream aisle. We are also driving our mainline strategy to grow sales by increasing the number of products offered in each store to our 33 key items, which we refer to as Key 33 items. We believe increased distribution and enhanced shelf placement will lead more consumers to purchase our products and will expand our market share.

Expand household penetration and consumer base. We intend to increase the number of consumers who buy our products by using grassroots marketing, social and digital media tools, and advertising. We believe these efforts will educate consumers about our brand and the benefits of natural and organic food, create demand for our products and, ultimately, expand our consumer base. We intend to broaden our product offerings to appeal to all members of the family at meal and snack times.

Continue innovation and brand extensions. Our market studies, analyses and consumer testing enable us to identify attractive product opportunities. We intend to continue to introduce products in both existing and new product lines that appeal to the whole family.

Remain authentic: stay true to our values.We believe authentic brands are brands that win. We are a mission-driven business with long-standing core values. We strive to operate in an honest, socially responsible and environmentally sustainable manner because it is the right thing to do and it is good for business. We believe our authenticity better enables us to build loyalty and trust with current consumers and helps us attract new ones.

Invest in infrastructure and capabilities.capabilities.We invest in our people, supply chain and systems to ensure that our business is scalable and profitable. Additionally, on April 2, 2014, we acquired the Joplin Plant, our primary manufacturer of cookie and cracker products since the inception of our snacks business. We expect to add new employees to our sales, marketing, operations and innovation teams as necessary to support our growth. We actively seek opportunities to invest in the specific capabilities of our supply chain partners to reduce costs, increase manufacturing efficiencies and improve quality. Additionally, weWe continue to invest in our systems and technology, including additional functionality to our enterprise resource planning (ERP) system, which we implemented in fiscal 2013 to support growth and increase efficiency.

Our Products

We sell our products in three primary product categories: meals; snacks; and dressings, condiments and other. Meals are an important family occasion, and we make it easier for families to share wholesome meal solutions, despite time-pressed schedules, without sacrificing quality. Consumers are eating more snacks, and we offer natural and organic alternatives that parents prefer while satisfying the most discriminating snacker in the family. Dressings and condiments are important complements to meals, and we offer natural and organic alternatives to conventional offerings. We are primarily focused on growing and expanding our meals and snacks categories because we believe they provide the greatest opportunities for sales growth.

Our product lines include natural products, products “made with organic” ingredients and certified organic products. We source only ingredients stated to be free of genetically modified organisms and strive to use ingredients that are as near to their

5

Table of Contents

whole, natural state as possible. In fiscal 2013,2014, we estimate that over 80% of our net sales were generated by certified organic or products made with organic ingredients.

Within our various product lines, we offer many products suitable for consumers seeking to avoid certain ingredients and attempting to adhere to specialized dietary plans, including gluten-free and vegan products. We continue to develop new products using ingredients that address our consumers’ health and dietary preferences.

We have over 135145 products across our product lines in various sizes. In fiscal 2013,2014, the break-down of our three product categories was as follows:

Product Innovation

Innovation is a core competency of ours and an important component of our growth strategy. Our innovation strategy is based on market studies, analyses and consumer testing. We identify large, conventional food categories and assess the demand for natural and organic products in each category. Further, we work closely with certain of our customers to identify attractive opportunities based on their insight and market perspectives. Based on our consumer tests and insights, we develop competing natural or organic products. Once developed, we design the appropriate package with Annie’s colors and messaging. Often, we launchtest new products in the natural retailer channelwith one customer and then expand distribution into the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiserto other customers across channels. We also regularly review our current product offerings and determine if product extensions or reformulations are desirable.

In fiscal 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, we spent $2.3 million, $2.8 million $2.0 million and $2.1$2.0 million, respectively, in research and development expenses, which consisted primarily of market studies, consumer research and analyses, product development and employee-related expenses.

In January 2012, we shipped

Listed below are some examples of our first frozenrecently launched new product certified organic rising crust pizza, which is being distributed on a national basis through a major industry-leading natural retailer and in June 2012, we shippedlines and/or extensions of our pizzaexisting product line extension, rising crust frozen pizza “made with organic” ingredients. lines:
In June 2013, we announced our entry into the single-serve microwavable cup segment of the macaroni & cheese category. We also expect to develop additional frozen products over the coming years, including one new frozen product line targeted for the second half of fiscal 2014.

In October 2012, we expanded our selection of family-friendly snack options with organic graham crackers, available in honey and cinnamon varieties, and cheddar squares, made with 100 percent real cheese and certified-organic wheat. In February 2013, we announced a macaroni and cheese product line extension, Bernie’s Farm Macaroni & Cheese, which began shipping nationwide in spring 2013. In March 2013, we introducedfirst shipped our new deluxe skillet meals, which will be available for initial shipment in summer 2013. meals.

In June 2013, we introduced microwavable cup macaroni and cheese.
In August 2013, we introduced frozen entrées.
In December 2013, we shipped gluten-free chewy granola bars.
In May 2014, we introduced snacks and mini meal kits.
Our new product introductions tend to have a lower margin than our established products due to the small initial production run sizes, and ifsizes. If our new product introductions accelerate or reflect a larger percentage of our net sales, this could negatively impact our gross margin.


6


Customers and Distribution

We market our products throughout the United States and Canada. The vast majority of our sales are in the United States. During fiscal 2013,2014, approximately 4% of our net sales were from Canada. We sell our products through three primary channels: mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser/other and natural retailer. Because of our brand equity and high-quality products, we believe there are attractive growth prospects for us in each of these channels.

Mainstream Grocery: Our customers in this channel include large national chains such as Kroger, Ahold and Safeway and regional chains such as Wegmans, Harris Teeter, H-E-B and Raley’s. During fiscal 2013, we estimate that the mainstream grocery channel represented approximately 39% of our net sales.

Mass Merchandiser/Other Channels:Our customers in this channel include large national and regional retailers such as Target Stores, Costco Wholesale and Wal-Mart. We also sell a limited number of products through food service, military and e-commerce channels. During fiscal 2013, we estimate that the mass merchandiser channel, including the other channels mentioned above, represented approximately 36% of our net sales.

Natural Retailer:Our customers in this channel include large retailers such as Whole Foods Market and Trader Joe’s (where our products are sold under its own store brand), regional natural chains such as Sprouts Farmers Market and Earth Fare and independent natural foods cooperatives. During fiscal 2013, we estimate that the natural retailer channel represented approximately 25% of our net sales.

Mainstream Grocery: Our customers in this channel include large national chains such as Kroger, Ahold and Safeway and regional chains such as Wegmans, Harris Teeter, H-E-B and Raley’s. We estimate that the mainstream grocery channel represented approximately 39% of our net sales in fiscal 2014.
Mass Merchandiser/Other Channels: Our customers in this channel include large national and regional retailers such as Target Stores, Costco Wholesale and Wal-Mart. We also sell a limited number of products through food service, military and e-commerce channels. We estimate that the mass merchandiser channel, including the other channels mentioned above, represented approximately 39% of our net sales in fiscal 2014.
Natural Retailer: Our customers in this channel include large retailers such as Whole Foods Market and Trader Joe’s (where our products are sold under its own store brand), regional natural chains such as Sprouts Farmers Market and Earth Fare and independent natural foods cooperatives. We estimate that the natural retailer channel represented approximately 22% of our net sales in fiscal 2014.
We sell our products directly to retailers and through distributors. We use brokers to support our sales efforts.

Direct Sales. The majority of our products are sold direct to retailers. We sell direct predominantly in the mass merchandiser channel, but we also maintain select direct relationships in the mainstream grocery channel. In fiscal 2013, 28% of our net sales were generated from sales to our top two customers, Target (17%) and Costco (11%). In some cases, we sell products to the same grocery chain using both direct relationships and distributors.

Distributors.Many of our products are sold through independent food distributors, including the majority sold to the natural retailer channel. Food distributors purchase products from us for resale to retailers, taking title to the products upon purchase. The prices their customers pay for these products

are set by our distributors, in their sole discretion, although we may influence the retail price with the use of promotional incentives. In fiscal 2013, 25% of our net sales were generated from sales to our largest distributor, United Natural Foods Inc., or UNFI.

Direct Sales. The majority of our products are sold direct to retailers. We sell direct predominantly in the mass merchandiser channel, but we also maintain select direct relationships in the mainstream grocery channel. In fiscal 2014, 28% of our net sales were generated from sales to our top two customers, Target (15%) and Costco (13%). In some cases, we sell products to the same grocery chain using both direct relationships and distributors.
Distributors. Many of our products are sold through independent food distributors, including the majority sold to the natural retailer channel. Food distributors purchase products from us for resale to retailers, taking title to the products upon purchase. The prices their customers pay for these products are set by our distributors, in their sole discretion, although we may influence the retail price with the use of promotional incentives. In fiscal 2014, 22% of our net sales were generated from sales to our largest distributor, United Natural Foods Inc., or UNFI.
Marketing and Advertising

We have built the Annie’s brand using traditional grassroots marketing efforts such as sampling, public relations and participation in community events and festivals. In the early years, Annie Withey’s own home phone number and address were on our box so consumers could reach her directly. We continue to value direct and honest communication with our consumers.

Our current marketing efforts are focused on outreach to a broader audience while holding true to our mission and core values. We believe we have a significant opportunity to grow our business by increasing communications about our brand, product quality, taste and convenience to a wider audience of families seeking healthier alternatives. To accomplish this objective, we will continue to employ social media and other marketing tools that complement long-standing public relations efforts and allow for a personal dialogue with consumers. We work hard to ensure that consumers recognize our message as authentic. We believe that our community programs and partnerships reinforce our brand’s authenticity and fuel loyal and trusting relationships with consumers.

Working Capital Practices

We generate cash from operations with which we finance the day-to-day operations of our business. We control credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures, and perform periodic credit evaluation of our customers. Our vendors offer us accelerated payment discounts, usually 1% for net-10 payment and we typically take advantage of accelerated payment discounts offered to us by our vendors.

We also have a credit facility, which is available to us for future borrowings through August 1, 2016. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations–Indebtedness” for additional information regarding the credit facility.

Backlog

Our backlog of unshipped orders was $5.2 million and $3.7 million at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

Our Supply Chain

Manufacturing

Independent

During fiscal 2014, independent manufacturers, referred to in our industry as contract manufacturers or co-packers, manufacturemanufactured all of our products. UtilizingIn general, utilizing contract manufacturers provides us with the flexibility to produce a large variety of products and the ability to enter new categories quickly and economically. Our contract manufacturers have been selected based on their production capabilities and their specific product category expertise, and we expect them to partner with us to improve and expand our product offerings. We regularly meet with our contract manufacturers to review costs and their performance and to set performance, quality and cost-saving targets. In many cases we enter into long-term contracts with our contract manufacturers. During fiscal 2013,Products manufactured by our four largest partners manufactured products accountingcontract manufacturers accounted for approximately 75%85% of our net sales.

sales in fiscal 2014. In the first quarter of fiscal 2015, we acquired the Joplin Plant, which was owned and operated by one of those contract manufacturers. The Joplin Plant has been the primary manufacturer of the Company’s cookie and cracker products for more than ten years.


7

Table of Contents

We have invested significant resources to improve operating margins by reducing costs and increasing productivity. Our efficiency initiatives have focused on selecting better and more efficient manufacturers,

renegotiating tolling fees with existing manufacturers, managing in-bound freight, leveraging warehouse expenses and reducing ingredient and packaging costs through increased volume buys, contract consolidation, direct purchasing and price negotiation.

In the third quarter of fiscal 2013,2014, we begancompleted the implementation of a transportation management system, or TMSwhich focused on increasing visibility within the supply chain while lowering freight costs for moving raw materials between suppliers and contract manufacturers, andmanufacturers. We are in the process of further optimizing the freight costs related to the movement of finished goods between contact manufacturers, distribution centers and customers. We expect that the TMS system will be fully implemented in fiscal 2014.

As part of our efficiency initiatives, we look for opportunities to invest capital in equipment to drive down costs, improve throughput and product quality at our contract manufacturers. In fiscal 2013, we invested approximately $1.3 million in manufacturing equipment, which is located at the facilities of our contract manufacturers and, remainsbeginning in fiscal 2015, our property.Joplin Plant. We expect to continue these investments in the future, as we believe this approach improves efficiency and creates shared cost reductions with our manufacturing partners.

Ingredient and Packaging Suppliers

Our natural and organic ingredients, raw materials and packaging materials are sourced primarily from suppliers in the United States and Canada. We have rigorous standards for food quality and safety. Our raw materials and packaging are mostly purchased throughvia contract manufacturers from suppliers we have approved, at prices we have negotiated and based uponon our specifications. In order to mitigate commodity cost fluctuations, we enter, either directly or through our contract manufacturers, into purchase agreements with certain ingredient suppliers. In fiscal 2013,2014, our directly contracted ingredients represented approximately 50% of our materials costs and over 31%approximately 30% of our cost of sales. In addition, in fiscal 2013, we consolidated packaging purchases across multiple contract manufacturers, representing slightly more than half of our annual packaging requirements.

Quality Control

We take precautions designed to ensure the quality and safety of our products. In addition to routine third-party inspections of our contract manufacturers, we have instituted regular audits to address topics such as allergen control, ingredient, packaging and product specifications and sanitation. Under the FDA Food Modernization Act, each of our contract manufacturers is required to have a hazard analysis critical control points plan that identifies critical pathways for contaminants and mandates control measures that must be used to prevent, eliminate or reduce relevant food-borne hazards.

All of our contract manufacturers and our Joplin Plant are required to be certified in the Safe Quality Food Program or the BRC Global Standard for Food Safety. These standards are integrated food safety and quality management protocols designed specifically for the food sector and offer a comprehensive methodology to manage food safety and quality simultaneously. Certification provides an independent and external validation that a product, process or service complies with applicable regulations and standards.

We work with suppliers who assure the quality and safety of their ingredients. These assurances are supported by our purchasing contracts or quality assurance specification packets, including affidavits, certificates of analysis and analytical testing, where required. The quality assurance staff of both our contract manufacturers and our own internal operations department conducts periodic on-site routine audits of critical ingredient suppliers. Additionally, our contract manufacturers and our quality assurance and procurement teams periodically visit critical suppliers to certify their facilities and assure quality.

Order Fulfillment

A majority of our customer fulfillment requirements are met by an outside contract warehouse, which is operated by a third party and based in the Chicago, Illinois area. Products are manufactured by our contract

manufacturers or our Joplin Plant and typically are shipped to this distribution center. We store and readyprepare products for shipment for the majority of our North American retailers and distributors from this facility. In April 2012, in order to support our growing operations, reduce costs and facilitate order fulfillment, we relocated our existing distribution operations to a nearby larger facility owned and operated by the same third party. ConcurrentOur agreement with this move, we entered into an agreement in September 2011, which became effective in April 2012 and will remain in effectparty runs through June 2015. The agreement2015 and will automatically renew for an additional period of two years and two months, unless either party provides proper notice of non-renewal. Under the agreement, our products are stored and shipped on a cost-plus basis by the third-party.

Frozen customer fulfillment requirements are met by a different outside contract warehouse, which is operated by a third party and is also based in the Chicago, Illinois area. In June 2012, we entered into anOur agreement with this facility that will remain in effect untilthird party runs through September 2016. The agreement2016 and will automatically renew for an additional period of one year, unless either party provides proper notice of non-renewal. In addition to third-party distribution, a smaller portion of our products are shipped directly from our contract manufacturers to retailers or distributors.


8


Seasonality

Historically, we have experienced greater net sales in the second and fourth fiscal quarters than in the first and third fiscal quarters due to our customers’ merchandising and promotional activities around the back-to-school and spring seasons. Concurrently, inventory levels and working capital requirements increase during the first and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year to support higher levels of net sales in the subsequent quarters. We anticipate that this seasonal impact on our net sales and working capital is likely to continue. In fiscal 2013, 27.5%2014, 29% and 31.0%29% of our net sales, 27.4%28% and 31.6%28% of our gross profit and 31.9%34% and 38.4%34% of our operating income were generated in the second and fourth fiscal quarters, respectively. Accordingly, our results of operations for any particular quarter are not indicative of the results we expect for the full year.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive environment. Our products compete with both very large mainstream conventional packaged foods companies and natural and organic packaged foods companies. Many of these competitors enjoy significantly greater resources. Large mainstream conventional packaged foods competitors include Kraft Foods Group, Inc., General Mills, Inc., Mondelez International, Inc., Campbell Soup Company, PepsiCo, Inc., Nestle S.A. and Kellogg Company. Certain of these large mainstream conventional packaged food companies, including the Kraft Foods Group, Inc., compete with us by selling both conventional products and natural and/or organic products. Natural and organic packaged foods competitors include The Hain Celestial Group, Inc., Newman’s Own, Inc., Nature’s Path Foods, Inc., Clif Bar & Company, Amy’s Kitchen and Amy’s Kitchen.The WhiteWave Foods Company, which is the owner of the Horizon Organic brand. In addition to these competitors, in each of our categories we compete with many regional and small, local niche brands. Given limited retailer shelf space and merchandising events, competitors actively support their respective brands with marketing, advertising and promotional spending. In addition, most retailers market similar items under their own private label, which compete for the same shelf space.

Competitive factors in the packaged foods industry include product quality and taste, brand awareness and loyalty, product variety, interesting or unique product names, product packaging and package design, shelf space, reputation, price, advertising, promotion and nutritional claims. We believe that we currently compete effectively with respect to each of these factors.

Employees

As of March 31, 2013,2014, excluding interns, we had 106 full-time129 employees. On April 2, 2014, we acquired the Joplin Plant and added 125 additional employees to the Company’s workforce. Concurrent with the acquisition, the labor union that had represented many of the Joplin Plant employees under its prior ownership asked for recognition and eight part-time employees, including 47 in sales and marketing, 21 in finance, 25 in operations, seven in information technology, seven in innovation and seven in other departments. None of our employees is represented byon April 17, 2014, we entered into a labor union.collective bargaining agreement. We have never experienced a labor-related work stoppage.

Trademarks and Other Intellectual Property

We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Our primary trademarks include Annie’s®, Annie’s Homegrown®, Annie’s Naturals®

and Bernie Rabbit of Approval®, all of which are registered with the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office. Our trademarks are valuable assets that reinforce the distinctiveness of our brand and our consumers’ favorable perception of our products. We also have multiple trademark registrations or pending applications for products within each of our product categories. Certain of our marks are also registered in Canada. In addition to trademark protection, we own copyright registrations for the artwork depicted on our dressing labels and other product packaging. Our web content and the domain names www.annies.com and www.anniesnaturals.com are owned by us and copyright protected. We also rely on unpatented proprietary expertise, recipes and formulations, continuing innovation and other trade secrets to develop and maintain our competitive position.

Government Regulation

Along with our contract manufacturers, brokers, distributors and ingredients and packaging suppliers, we are subject to extensive laws and regulations in the United States by federal, state and local government authorities. In the United States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and advertising of our products include, among others, the FTC, the FDA, the USDA, the United States Environmental Protection Agency and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for quality and safety and regulate our marketing and advertising to consumers. Certain of these agencies, in certain circumstances, must not only approve our products, but also review the manufacturing processes and facilities used to produce these products before they can be marketed in the United States. We are also subject to the laws of Canada, including the Canadian Food Inspection Agency, as well as provincial and local regulations.


9

Table of Contents

We are subject to labor and employment laws, laws governing advertising, privacy laws, safety regulations and other laws, including consumer protection regulations that regulate retailers or govern the promotion and sale of merchandise. Our operations, and those of our contract manufacturers, distributors and suppliers, are subject to various laws and regulations relating to environmental protection and worker health and safety matters. We monitor changes in these laws and believe that we are in material compliance with applicable laws.

Corporate and Available Information

Our principal corporate offices are located at 1610 Fifth Street, Berkeley, California 94710 and our telephone number is (510) 558-7500. We were incorporated in Delaware in April 2004.

Our internet address is www.annies.com. We make available on our website, free of charge, our Annual Report on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q, Current Reports on Form 8-K and any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities Exchange Commission, or the SEC. Our SEC reports can be accessed through the Investor Relations section of our internet website. The information found on our internet website is not part of this or any other report we file with or furnish to the SEC.



10

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

You should carefully consider the risks described below together with the other information set forth in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, which could materially affect our business, financial condition or future results. The risks described below are not the only risks facing our company. Risks and uncertainties not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial also may materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and/or operating results.


Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy on a timely basis or at all.

Our future success depends, in large part, on our ability to implement our growth strategy of expanding distribution and improving placement of our products, attracting new consumers to our brand and introducing new product lines and product extensions. Our ability to implement this growth strategy depends, among other things, on our ability to:

enter into distribution and other strategic arrangements with third-party retailers and other potential distributors of our products;

continue to compete in conventional grocery and mass merchandiser retail channels in addition to the natural and organic channel;

secure shelf space in mainstream aisles;

increase our brand recognition;

expand and maintain brand loyalty; and

develop new product lines and extensions.

We may not be able to successfully implement our growth strategy. Our sales and operating results will be adversely affected if we fail to implement our growth strategy or if we invest resources in a growth strategy that ultimately proves unsuccessful.

If we fail to develop and maintain our brand, our business could suffer.

We believe that developing and maintaining our brand is critical to our success. The importance of our brand recognition may become greater as competitors offer more products similar to ours. Our brand-building activities involve increasing awareness of our brand, creating and maintaining brand loyalty and increasing the availability of our products. If our brand-building activities are unsuccessful, we may never recover the expenses incurred in connection with these efforts, and we may be unable to implement our business strategy and increase our future sales.

Our brand and reputation may be diminished due to real or perceived quality or health issues with our products, which could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results.

We believe our consumers rely on us to provide them with high-quality natural and organic food products. Concerns regarding the ingredients used in our products or the safety or quality of our products or our supply chain may cause consumers to stop purchasing our products, even if the basis for the concern is unfounded, has been addressed or is outside of our control. Although we believe we have a rigorous quality control process, thereThere can be no assurance that our products will always comply with the standards set for our products. For example, although we strive to keep our products free of genetically modified organisms, they may not be easily detected and contamination can occur through cross-pollination. Also, although we have historically used epoxy liningstransitioned our canned pasta meals to a can lining that does not contain bisphenol-A, commonly called BPA, as part of the protective barrier between the metal can and food contents in our canned pasta meals. Given the recent approval by the FDA of a BPA-free can lining suitable for use with our

products, all new production of our canned pasta meals are now in BPA-free cans. We are in the process of selling through existing inventory manufactured prior to this change. Although the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, currently allows the use of BPA in food packaging materials, public reports and concerns regarding the potential hazards of BPA could contribute to a perceived safety risk for products packaged using BPA. Additionally, there is no guarantee that concerns regarding our new packaging will not develop in the future. Adverse publicity about the quality or safety of our products, whether or not ultimately based on fact, may discourage consumers from buying our products and have an adverse effect on our brand, reputation and operating results.

We have no control over our products once purchased by consumers. Accordingly, consumers may prepare our products in a manner that is inconsistent with our directions or store our products for long periods of time, which may adversely affect the quality of our products. If consumers do not perceive our products to be of high quality, then the value of our brand would be diminished, and our business, results of operations and financial condition would be adversely affected.

Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the ingredients used in our products or in the safety and quality of our products would be difficult and costly to overcome. For example, we were sued by a private organization claiming that warnings are required in California under Proposition 65 for alleged exposures to lead and lead compounds from cookies that contain ginger or molasses, including our Gluten-Free Ginger Snap Bunny Cookies. Any such adverse effect could be exacerbated by our position in the market as a purveyor of high-quality natural and organic food products and may significantly

11

Table of Contents

reduce our brand value. Issues regarding the safety of any of our products, regardless of the cause, may have a substantial and adverse effect on our brand, reputation and operating results.

We may be subject to significant liability if the consumption of any of our products causes illness or physical harm.

The sale of food products for human consumption involves the risk of injury or illness to consumers. Such injuries or illness may result from inadvertent mislabeling, tampering or product contamination or spoilage. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to recall or withdraw products, which may have a material adverse effect on our business. For example, in 2008, we carried out an FDA Class I recall for approximately 680 cases of our salad dressing due to ingredient mislabeling and, in January 2013, we recently carried out an FDA Class II recall for our frozen pizza products. See “—Our voluntary recallproducts due to the possible presence of certified organic and made with organic pizza products has affected our fiscal 2013 financial results and will continue to impact our financial results in future quarters.”fragments of flexible metal mesh from a faulty screen at a third-party flour mill. Even if a situation does not necessitate a recall or market withdrawal, product liability claims may be asserted against us. If the consumption of any of our products causes, or is alleged to have caused, a health-related illness, we may become subject to claims or lawsuits relating to such matters. Even if a product liability claim is unsuccessful, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products caused illness or physical harm could adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential distributors, retailers and consumers and our corporate image and brand equity. Moreover, claims or liabilities of this sort might not be covered by insurance or by any rights of indemnity or contribution that we may have against others. A product liability judgment against us or a product recall or market withdrawal could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation and operating results.

Our voluntary recall of certified organic and made with organic pizza products affected our fiscal 2013 financial results and will continue to impact our financial results in future quarters.

In January 2013, we initiated a voluntary recall of our certified organic and made with organic pizza products due to the possible presence of fragments of flexible metal mesh from a faulty screen at a third-party flour mill. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Voluntary Product Recall.” We have accounted for the voluntary recall primarily as a reduction to net sales to account for customer and consumer returns and an increase in cost of sales to account for the destruction of finished goods and raw materials inventory. In addition, we recorded administrative costs associated with the recall, including fees and incentives to customers and legal expenses. Certain of these accounting charges were based on our best estimates and are subject to change based on actual results or revised estimates. We may also

incur some additional costs in future quarters. While we have recovered a portion of the costs related to the voluntary recall through our existing recall insurance and expect to recover additional amounts in the future, we cannot guarantee that additional monies will be recovered or that the amounts we recover will cover all costs associated with the voluntary recall. While we restarted the production and began shipping replacement product into distributors and retailers in February 2013, we have not fully returned to our pre-recall distribution level. We may find it challenging to re-establish strong growth in pizza product sales for a period of time following the voluntary recall. Further, while there have been no illnesses or injuries reported to date, the occurrence of any illnesses or injuries could have serious consequences on pizza product sales and sales of our other products, our brand and reputation, any of which could harm our business.

Disruptions in the worldwide economy may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Adverse and uncertain economic conditions may impact distributor, retailer and consumer demand for our products. In addition, our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, retailers, consumers and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns. In particular, consumers may reduce the amount of natural and organic products that they purchase where there are conventional offerings, which generally have lower retail prices. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private label products rather than branded products because they are generally less expensive. Distributors and retailers may become more conservative in response to these conditions and seek to reduce their inventories. For example, during the economic downturn from 2007 through 2009, distributors and retailers significantly reduced their inventories, and inventory levels have not returned to, and are not expected to return to, pre-downturn levels. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our existing distributors and retailers, to attract new consumers and to provide products that appeal to consumers at prices they are willing and able to pay. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions may have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

Consumer preferences for our products are difficult to predict and may change, and, if we are unable to respond quickly to new trends, our business may be adversely affected.

Our business is focused on the development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of a line of branded natural and organic food products. If consumer demand for our products decreased, our business would suffer. In addition, sales of natural and organic products are subject to evolving consumer preferences. Consumer trends that we believe favor sales of our products could change based on a number of possible factors, including a shift in preference from organic to non-organic and from natural to non-natural products, a loss of confidence by consumers in what constitutes “organic,” economic factors and social trends. A significant shift in consumer demand away from our products could reduce our sales or the prestige of our brand, which would harm our business.

We may not have the resources to compete successfully in our highly competitive markets.

We operate in a highly and increasingly competitive market. Numerous brands and products compete for limited retailer shelf space and consumers. In our market, competition is based on, among other things, product quality and taste, brand recognition and loyalty, product variety, interesting or unique product names, product packaging and package design, shelf space, reputation, price, advertising, promotion and nutritional claims.

We face increased competition in our markets due to increased adoption of natural and organic food products by consumers.

The packaged food industry is dominated by multinational corporations with substantially greater resources and operations than us. We cannot be certain that we will successfully compete with larger competitors that have greater financial, sales and technical resources. Conventional food companies, including Kraft Foods Group Inc., General Mills, Inc., Mondelez International, Inc., Campbell Soup Company, PepsiCo, Inc., Nestle S.A. and Kellogg Company, may be able to use their resources and scale to respond to competitive pressures and changes

in consumer preferences by introducing new products (including natural and organic products), reducing prices or increasing promotional activities, among other things. We also compete with other natural and organic packaged food brands and companies, including The Hain Celestial Group, Inc., Newman’s Own, Inc., Nature’s Path Foods, Inc., Clif Bar & Company, and Amy’s Kitchen and The WhiteWave Foods Company, which is the owner of the Horizon Organic brand, and with smaller companies, which may be more innovative and able to bring new products to market faster and to more quickly exploit and serve niche markets. Retailers also market competitive products under their own private labels, which are generally sold at lower prices and compete with some of our products. In addition, Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., recently announced that it would begin carrying the Wild Oats line of organic products with pricing competitive to non-organic products. The entry of a retailer with the resources and scale of Wal-Mart Stores Inc. may have a significant effect on the market for organic products. As a result of competition, we may need to increase our marketing, advertising and promotional spending, refrain from increasing prices or decrease our prices to protect our existing market share, which may adversely impact our profitability. We may not have the financial resources to increase such spending when necessary.

Failure to introduce new products or improve existing products successfully would adversely affect our ability to continue to grow.

A key element of our growth strategy depends on our ability to develop and market new products and improvements to our existing products that meet our standards for quality and appeal to consumer preferences. The success of our innovation and product development efforts is affected by our ability to anticipate changes in consumer preferences, the technical capability of our product development staff and co-packers in developing and testing product prototypes, including complying with governmental regulations, and the success of our management and sales team in introducing and marketing new products. Failure to develop and market new products that appeal to consumers may lead to a decrease in our growth, sales and profitability.

Additionally, the development and introduction of new products requires substantial research, development and marketing expenditures, which we may be unable to recoup if the new products do not gain widespread market acceptance. Introduction of new products, and particularly new product lines, involve significant estimates in forecasting demand. To the extent sales do not meet our forecasts, we may experience increased inventory obsolescence and sales through discount channels and fail to meet our sales and earnings goals. Efforts to accelerate our innovation may exacerbate risks associated with

12

Table of Contents

innovation. If we are unsuccessful in meeting our objectives with respect to new or improved products, our business could be harmed. For example, our breakfast cereals line of products did not meet our growth objectives, and we discontinued it in fiscal 2012. Additionally, we cannot assure you that our most recent new product introductions such as frozen rising crust pizza and macaroni and cheese microwavable cups, will gain widespread market acceptance or be successful.

Ingredient and packaging costs are volatile and may rise significantly, which may negatively impact the profitability of our business.

We purchase large quantities of raw materials, including ingredients such as wheat and flour, dairy products, oils and sugar. In addition, we purchase and use significant quantities of cardboard, film and glass to package our products. Costs of ingredients and packaging are volatile and can fluctuate due to conditions that are difficult to predict, including global competition for resources, weather conditions, consumer demand and changes in governmental trade and agricultural programs. We have experienced two consecutive years of commodity cost escalation,For example, in fiscal 2014, organic wheat prices did not moderate as we anticipated, due to increased demand and we expect that the cost of certain of our key ingredients will continue to increase.limited supply. Continued volatility in the prices of raw materials and other supplies we purchase could increase our cost of sales and reduce our profitability. Moreover, we may not be able to implement price increases for our products to cover any increased costs, and any price increases we do implement may result in lower sales volumes. Cost increases for organic and non-GMO raw materials that exceed cost increases for their conventional counterparts may exacerbate these risks. If we are not successful in managing our ingredient and packaging costs, if we are unable to increase our prices to cover increased costs or if such price increases reduce our sales volumes, then such increases in costs will adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our future business, results of operations and financial condition may be adversely affected by reduced availability of organic ingredients.

Our ability to ensure a continuing supply of organic and non-GMO ingredients at competitive prices depends on many factors beyond our control, such as the number and size of farms that grow organic and non-GMO crops or raise organic livestock, the vagaries of these farming businesses (including poor harvests), changes in national and world economic conditions, demand and our ability to forecast our ingredient requirements. The

ingredients used in many of our products are vulnerable to adverse weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, frosts, earthquakes, hurricanes and pestilences. Adverse weather conditions (caused by climate change or otherwise) and natural disasters can lower crop yields and reduce crop size and quality, which in turn could reduce the available supply of, or increase the price of, our ingredients. For example, in fiscal 2011,2014, organic wheat and sunflower oil werewas in shorter supply than we expected.expected, which impacted our costs. In addition, we purchase some ingredients offshore, and the availability of such ingredients may be affected by events in other countries, including Colombia, Paraguay, Thailand, Turkey and Brazil. We compete with other food producers in the procurement of organic ingredients, which are often less plentiful in the open market than conventional ingredients. This competition may increase in the future if consumer demand for organic or non-GMO products increases.increases, if the number of producers of organic or non-GMO products increases or if existing producers expand competition for organic and non-GMO ingredients. Retailer decisions, such as Wal-Mart’s recent announcement regarding the Wild Oats line, may drive increased production. If regulations are adopted requiring labeling of products that contain genetically modified organisms, the competition for non-GMO ingredients may increase. If supplies of organic and non-GMO ingredients are reduced or there is greater demand for such ingredients from us and others, we may not be able to obtain sufficient supply on favorable terms, or at all, which could impact our ability to supply products to distributors and retailers and may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial reporting that could, if not remediated, result in material misstatements in our financial statements.
In connection with the audit of our consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended March 31, 2014, we have concluded that there is a material weakness relating to our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Specifically, we identified a material weakness relating to an insufficient complement of finance and accounting resources, including employee turnover, within the organization resulting in design deficiencies in certain areas in which our controls were not precise enough to detect misstatements that in the aggregate could be material to the consolidated financial statements. This material weakness did not result in any material misstatements of our consolidated financial statements and disclosures for any interim period during, or for the annual periods ended March 31, of fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012, but did result in audit adjustments for the fourth quarter ended March 31, 2014 and certain immaterial misstatements to our consolidated financial statements for the first three quarters of fiscal 2014, the interim periods during, and the annual period ended March 31, of fiscal 2013 and the year ended March 31, 2012. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial

13


Condition and Results of Operations—Revision of Financial Statements” and Note 2 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As a result of this material weakness, management has determined that our disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting were not effective as of March 31, 2014.
Management believes that significant progress has been made during the year ended March 31, 2014, and through the date of this report, in remediating the underlying causes of the material weakness. We have taken, and will continue to take, a number of actions to improve our internal controls designed to remediate this material weakness. Among other things, we have (i) augmented and hired additional accounting and finance resources and professionals, including a new Chief Financial Officer in November 2013 and a new Controller in March 2014, together with other senior hires in the accounting and finance organizations; (ii) developed and implemented an improved methodology and process for capturing and recording all trade promotion costs and this calculation will be reviewed by our Controller for each quarter; (iii) made our President responsible for the oversight of all items included in the calculation of gross to net sales; (iv) designed a control to review the reconciliations with our contract manufacturers on a quarterly basis; (v) enhanced our documentation of our estimation and reconciliation of our contract manufacturing receivables and payables; (vi) engaged an external audit firm to assist with our internal audit function and SOX testing; and (vii) established a controls committee comprised of members of our Board of Directors, senior management and the aforementioned external audit firm, which reports directly to our Board of Directors. The actions that we are taking are subject to ongoing senior management review, as well as audit committee oversight. Additional information about our remediation efforts and internal control over financial reporting are described in Item 9A. Controls and Procedures in this Form 10-K. We expect to incur additional costs remediating this material weakness.
We may need to take additional measures to fully mitigate these issues, and the measures we have taken, and expect to take, to improve our internal controls may not be sufficient to address the issues identified, to ensure that our internal controls are effective or to ensure that the identified material weakness will not result in a material misstatement of our annual or interim consolidated financial statements. In addition, other material weaknesses or deficiencies may be identified in the future. If we are unable to correct material weaknesses or deficiencies in internal controls in a timely manner, our ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information accurately and within the time periods specified in the rules and forms of the SEC, will be adversely affected. This failure could negatively affect the market price and trading liquidity of our common stock, cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, subject us to civil and criminal investigations and penalties, and generally materially and adversely impact our business and financial condition.
We rely on sales to a limited number of distributors and retailers for the substantial majority of our sales, and the loss of one or more significant distributors or retailers may harm our business.

A substantial majority of our sales are generated from a limited number of distributors and retailers. For fiscal 2013,2014, sales to our three largest customers represented approximately 25%22%, 17%15% and 11%13% of our net sales. Although the composition of our significant distributors and retailers will vary from period to period, we expect that most of our sales will continue to come from a relatively small number of distributors and retailers for the foreseeable future. We do not have commitments or minimum volumes that ensure future sales of our products. Consequently, our financial results may fluctuate significantly from period to period based on the actions or business performance of one or more significant distributors or retailers. For example, in the first quarter of fiscal 2010, sales to a significant customer were $3.2 million lower than in fiscal 2009,2014, one of our major customers reduced inventory carrying levels, which contributed to lower sales growth.growth from that customer. Furthermore, to the extent that our sales growth in the mass merchandiser/other channel exceeds growth in our other channels, our gross margin may be adversely impacted. A distributor or retailer may take actions that affect us for reasons that we cannot always anticipate or control, such as their financial condition, changes in their business strategy or operations, the introduction of competing products or the perceived quality of our products. These risks may be exacerbated by consolidation among retailers. Customers, such as supermarkets and food distributors in North America continue to consolidate. This consolidation has produced larger, more sophisticated organizations with increased negotiating and buying power that are able to resist price increases or demand increased promotional programs, as well as operate with lower inventories, decrease the number of brands that they carry and increase their emphasis on private label products, which could negatively impact our business. The consolidation of retail customers also increases the risk that a significant adverse impact on their business could have a corresponding material adverse impact on our business. In addition, despite operating in different channels, our retailers sometimes compete for the same consumers. As a result of actual or perceived conflicts resulting from this competition, retailers may take actions that negatively affect us. Our agreements with our distributors and retailers may be canceled or subject us to penalties or other charges if we materially breach the agreements or for other reasons, including reasons outside of our control. In addition, our distributors and retailers may seek to renegotiate the terms of current agreements or renewals. The loss of, or a reduction in sales or anticipated sales to, one or more of our most significant distributors or retailers may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operation and financial condition.


14


Loss of one or more of our contract manufacturers or our failure to identify timely new contract manufacturers could harm our business and impede our growth.

We derive

During fiscal 2014, we derived all of our sales from products manufactured at manufacturing facilities owned and operated by our contract manufacturers. During fiscal 2013,Despite our acquisition of the Joplin Plant in April 2014, we paid $77.0 million incontinue to derive the aggregate tosignificant majority of our top foursales from products manufactured at manufacturing facilities owned and operated by our contract manufacturers. We do not have written contracts with all of our contract manufacturers, including Lucerne Foods, onemanufacturers. Production of many of our top threeproducts may involve more than one contract manufacturers that manufactures severalmanufacturer or a combination of our top sellingJoplin Plant and a contract manufacturer, particularly in connection with packaging. A substantial percentage of our products, andcalculated on net sales basis, are handled by Peacock Engineering, our largest packaging partner. Any of our contract manufacturers could seek to alter its relationship with us. Additionally, even where we have a written contract, pricing and other key terms may be subject to change. If we need to replace a contract manufacturer, there can be no assurance that additional capacity will be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all.

Any interruption in, or the loss of operations at, one or more of our contract manufacturing facilities, which may be caused by work stoppages, disease outbreaks or pandemics, acts of war, terrorism, fire, earthquakes, flooding or other natural disasters at one or more of these facilities, could delay or postpone production of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, especially until such time as such interruption is resolved or an alternate source of production is secured.

The success of our business depends, in part, on maintaining a strong manufacturing platform. We believe there are a limited number of competent, high-quality contract manufacturers in the industry that meet our strict standards, and if we were required to obtain additional or alternative contract manufacturing arrangements in the future, there can be no assurance that we would be able to do so on satisfactory terms, in a timely manner or at all. Therefore, the loss of one or more contract manufacturers, any disruption or delay at a contract manufacturer, any inability of a contract manufacturer to meet our capacity needs or any failure to identify and engage contract manufacturers for new products or increased capacity requirements could delay or postpone production of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, in the past, changing the contract manufacturer for one of our product lines took approximately six months to implement. At present, we do not have back-up contract manufacturers identified for certain of our product lines, and the loss of contract manufacturers for any of these product lines would result in our inability to produce and deliver the products to our customers until we could identify and retain an alternative contract manufacturer and until that contract manufacturer was able to produce the products to our specifications or other requirements.

We may fail to realize the productivity enhancements and other benefits expected from our acquisition of the Joplin Plant.
The success of the Joplin Plant acquisition will depend, in part, on our ability to control costs, drive incremental volume, successfully integrate the Joplin Plant into our company and operate the plant profitably. If we are not able to achieve these objectives within the anticipated time frame, or at all, the anticipated benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected and our business may be adversely affected. In addition, efforts to integrate the Joplin Plant into our company may also divert management attention and resources. Issues that may arise in connection with integrating the Joplin Plant include, among other things: integration of manufacturing and distribution activities; implementation and management of information systems; conforming the manufacturing plant’s controls, procedures and accounting and other policies to our own; retaining key management and employees; and labor negotiations and collective bargaining. These risks are exacerbated by the fact that we have not previously operated a manufacturing plant. We expect there to be additional costs in connection with the integration of the Joplin Plant into our operations, including costs related to information technology systems, additional personnel needs at both the plant and corporate level, and transitional services provided by Safeway or its affiliates. In addition, our ability to realize the benefits expected from our acquisition is dependent on our ability to drive future sales growth in our cookie and cracker business. If the demand for our cookie and cracker products does not increase at the rate we expect over the long term, due to competition or other factors, our results of operations may be adversely affected. We cannot assure you that we will be able to integrate the operations of the Joplin Plant successfully, control costs, drive incremental volume or operate the Joplin Plant as profitably as anticipated. Our beliefs regarding the benefits to be derived from the acquisition of the Joplin Plant are based on numerous assumptions that are subject to risks and uncertainties that could deviate materially from our expectations.
In connection with the acquisition of the Joplin Plant, we have expanded our business model to include manufacturing for us and for an affiliate of the seller. We cannot assure you that our expansion into manufacturing and co-packing will succeed.
Prior to acquiring the Joplin Plant in April 2014, we had not owned or operated a manufacturing plant and we may encounter financial and operational difficulties in operating the Joplin Plant. In the past, we relied exclusively on contract manufacturers to produce our products and we have not previously manufactured products for others. While we have invested

15


in manufacturing equipment and worked closely with our contract manufacturers on the manufacturing of our products and efficiency initiatives, the operation of a manufacturing plant presents additional challenges and risks for our business. Operating a manufacturing plant requires different operating strategies and different managerial experience than our current operations, and a manufacturing plant is subject to additional and different regulations than our current operations. Our lack of experience in operating manufacturing facilities and co-packing for third parties could cause the acquisition to result in fewer benefits to us than we anticipate, as well as increased costs. The operation of the Joplin Plant may also divert management’s attention from the development of our existing operations and cause our existing business to suffer.
Work stoppages or other interruptions at the Joplin Plant may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.
On April 17, 2014, we became party to a collective bargaining agreement with one union covering approximately 90% of our employees at the Joplin Plant. This agreement is scheduled to expire in September 2017. Upon expiration of the agreement, we cannot assure you that we will be able to negotiate this collective bargaining agreement on the same or more favorable terms as the current agreement, or at all, without production interruptions caused by strikes or labor stoppages.
Any interruption in, or the loss of operations at the Joplin Plant, which may be caused by strikes, work stoppages, disease outbreaks or pandemics, acts of war, terrorism, fire, tornadoes, other natural disasters or other events, could delay or postpone production or shipment of our products and the products that we have committed to manufacture for Safeway or result in additional costs or expenses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition, especially until such time as such interruption is resolved or an alternate source of production, if any, is secured.
Our results may be adversely affected by other risks related to our acquisition of the Joplin Plant.
The acquisition of the Joplin Plant poses other risks, including diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns, potential assumption of unknown liabilities, potential disputes with the seller and potential impairment charges if purchase assumptions are not achieved or market conditions decline. Our business or financial results may be negatively affected if these risks materialize.
Because we rely on a limited number of third-party suppliers, we may not be able to obtain raw materials on a timely basis or in sufficient quantities to produce our products.

We rely on a limited number of vendors to supply us with raw materials. Our financial performance depends in large part on our ability to arrange for the purchase of raw materials in sufficient quantities at competitive prices. We are not assured of continued supply, pricing or exclusive access to raw materials from these sources. Any of our suppliers could discontinue or seek to alter their relationship with us. For example, we may be adversely affected if they raise their prices, stop selling to us or our contract manufacturers or enter into arrangements that impair their ability to provide raw materials for us.

Our single largest commodity exposure is organic wheat. During fiscal 2014, we incurred significantly higher costs for organic wheat, due to strong demand and limited supply. If supply of organic wheat does not improve, we might continue to experience high levels of input cost inflation. Limited availability of organic wheat could also limit our ability to fulfill consumer demand for our products.
Although we have multiple suppliers for cheese, we have a single manufacturer for the cheese powders used in our products, including macaroni and cheese, cheddar crackers and snack mix. Products that contain these cheese powders represented a significant portion of our net sales for the periods presented, and we expect this to continue. Any disruption in the manufacturing of cheese powders would have a material adverse effect on our business.

Events that adversely affect our suppliers could impair our ability to obtain raw material inventory in the quantities that we desire. Such events include problems with our suppliers’ businesses, finances, labor relations, ability to import raw materials, costs, production, insurance and reputation, as well as natural disasters or other catastrophic occurrences.


If we experience significant increased demand for our products, or need to replace an existing supplier, there can be no assurance that additional supplies of raw materials will be available when required on acceptable terms, or at all, or that any supplier would allocate sufficient capacity to us in order to meet our requirements, fill our orders in a timely manner or meet our strict quality standards. Even if our existing suppliers are able to expand their capacity to meet our needs or we are able to find new sources of raw materials, we may encounter delays in production, inconsistencies in quality and added costs. Any delays or interruption in, or increased costs of, our supply of raw materials could have an adverse effect on our ability to meet consumer demand for our products and result in lower net sales and profitability both in the short and long term.


16


Disruptions in the worldwide economy, and particularly in the United States and Canada, may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Adverse and uncertain economic conditions, particularly in the United States and Canada, may impact distributor, retailer and consumer demand for our products. In addition, our ability to manage normal commercial relationships with our suppliers, contract manufacturers, distributors, retailers, consumers and creditors may suffer. Consumers may shift purchases to lower-priced or other perceived value offerings during economic downturns. In particular, consumers may reduce the amount of natural and organic products that they purchase where there are conventional offerings, which generally have lower retail prices. In addition, consumers may choose to purchase private label products rather than branded products because they are generally less expensive. Distributors and retailers may become more conservative in response to these conditions and seek to reduce their inventories. For example, during the economic downturn from 2007 through 2009, distributors and retailers significantly reduced their inventories, and inventory levels have not returned to, and are not expected to return to, pre-downturn levels. Our results of operations depend upon, among other things, our ability to maintain and increase sales volume with our existing distributors and retailers, to attract new consumers and to provide products that appeal to consumers at prices they are willing and able to pay. Prolonged unfavorable economic conditions may have an adverse effect on our sales and profitability.
Consumer preferences for our products are difficult to predict and may change, and, if we are unable to respond quickly to new trends, our business may be adversely affected.
Our business is focused on the development, manufacture, marketing and distribution of a line of branded natural and organic food products. If consumer demand for our products decreased, our business would suffer. In addition, sales of natural and organic products are subject to evolving consumer preferences. Consumer trends that we believe favor sales of our products could change based on a number of possible factors, including a shift in preference from organic to non-organic and from natural to non-natural products, a loss of confidence by consumers in what constitutes “organic,” economic factors and social trends. A significant shift in consumer demand away from our products could reduce our sales or the prestige of our brand, which would harm our business.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property adequately or may become involved in intellectual property disputes, which may harm the value of our brand or adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We believe that our intellectual property has substantial value and has contributed significantly to the success of our business. Our trademarks, including our “Annie’s®,” “Annie’s Homegrown®,” “Annie’s Naturals®” and “Bernie Rabbit of Approval®” marks, are valuable assets that reinforce our brand and consumers’ favorable perception of our products. We also rely on unpatented proprietary expertise, recipes and formulations

and other trade secrets and copyright protection to develop and maintain our competitive position. Our continued success depends, to a significant degree, upon our ability to protect and preserve our intellectual property, including our trademarks, trade dress, trade secrets and copyrights. We rely on confidentiality agreements and trademark, trade secret and copyright law to protect our intellectual property rights.

Our confidentiality agreements with our employees, and certain of our consultants, suppliers and independent contractors, including some of our contract manufacturers who use our recipes to manufacture our products, generally require that all information made known to them be kept strictly confidential. Nevertheless, trade secrets are difficult to protect. Although we attempt to protect our trade secrets, our confidentiality agreements may not effectively prevent disclosure of our proprietary information and may not provide an adequate remedy in the event of unauthorized disclosure of such information. In addition, others may independently discover our trade secrets, in which case we would not be able to assert trade secret rights against such parties. Further, some of our recipes and ingredient formulations have been developed by or with our suppliers and contract manufacturers and are not exclusive to us. Finally, we do not have written confidentiality agreements with all of our contract manufacturers. As a result, we may not be able to prevent others from using our recipes or formulations.

From time to time, third parties have used names, product shapes or packaging similar to ours, have applied to register trademarks similar to ours and, we believe, have infringed or misappropriated our intellectual property rights. We respond to these actions on a case-by-case basis, including, where appropriate, by sending cease and desist letters and commencing opposition actions and litigation.

We cannot assure you that the steps we have taken to protect our intellectual property rights are adequate, that our intellectual property rights can be successfully defended and asserted in the future or that third parties will not infringe upon or misappropriate any such rights or claim that we have infringed upon or misappropriated their intellectual property rights. In addition, our trademark rights and related registrations may be challenged in the future and could be canceled or narrowed. Failure to protect our trademark rights could prevent us in the future from challenging third parties who use names and logos similar to our trademarks, which may in turn cause consumer confusion or negatively affect consumers’ perception of our brand and products. In addition, if we do not keep our trade secrets confidential, others may produce products with our recipes or

17

Table of Contents

formulations. Moreover, intellectual property disputes and proceedings and infringement claims may result in a significant distraction for management and significant expense, which may not be recoverable regardless of whether we are successful. Such proceedings may be protracted with no certainty of success, and an adverse outcome could subject us to liabilities, force us to cease use of certain trademarks or other intellectual property or force us to enter into licenses with others. Any one of these occurrences may have a material adverse affecteffect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure by our suppliers of raw materials, or contract manufacturers or the Joplin Plant to comply with food safety, environmental or other laws and regulations may disrupt our supply of products and adversely affect our business.

If our suppliers, or contract manufacturers or the Joplin Plant fail to comply with food safety, environmental or other laws and regulations, or face allegations of non-compliance, their or our operations may be disrupted. Any such failure could also cause us to recall our products. See “–OurFor example, in January 2013, we initiated a voluntary recall of our certified organic and made with organicmade-with-organic pizza products has affected our fiscal 2013 financial results and will continue to impact our financial results in future quarters.” For example, allproducts. All of our contract manufacturers and the Joplin Plant are required to be certified in the Safe Quality Food Program or the BRC Global Standard for Food Safety. Additionally, the USDA requires that our certified organic products be free of genetically modified organisms, but unavoidable cross-pollination at one of our suppliers may result in genetically modified organisms in our supply chain. In the event of actual or alleged non-compliance, we might be forced to find an alternative supplier or contract manufacturer.manufacturer or make changes at the Joplin Plant. As a result, our supply of raw materials or finished inventory could be disrupted or our costs could increase, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, actions we may take to mitigate the impact

of any such disruption or potential disruption, including increasing inventory in anticipation of a potential supply or production interruption, may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Changes in existing regulations and the adoption of new regulations may increase our costs and otherwise adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The manufacture and marketing of food products is highly regulated. We and our suppliers and contract manufacturers are subject to a variety of laws and regulations. These laws and regulations apply to many aspects of our business, including the manufacture, packaging, labeling, distribution, advertising, sale, quality and safety of our products, as well as the health and safety of our employees and the protection of the environment.

In the U.S., we are subject to regulation by various government agencies, including the FDA, USDA, Federal Trade Commission, or FTC, Occupational Safety and Health Administration and the Environmental Protection Agency, as well as various state and local agencies. We are also regulated outside the United States by the Canadian Food Inspection Agency, as well as Canadian provincial and local agencies. In addition, we are subject to review by voluntary organizations, such as the Council of Better Business Bureaus’ National Advertising Division and the Children’s Food and Beverage Advertising Initiative. We could incur costs, including fines, penalties and third-party claims, as a result of any violations of, alleged violations of, or liabilities under, such requirements. For example, in connection with the marketing and advertisement of our products, we could be the target of claims relating to false or deceptive advertising, including under the auspices of the FTC and the consumer protection statutes of some states.

Any change in manufacturing, labeling or packaging requirements for our products may lead to an increase in costs or interruptions in production, either of which could adversely affect our operations and financial condition. New or revised government laws and regulations, such as the U.S. Food Safety Modernization Act passed in January 2011, which grants the FDA greater authority over the safety of the national food supply, as well as increased enforcement by government agencies, could result in additional compliance costs and civil remedies, including fines, injunctions, withdrawals, recalls or seizures and confiscations, as well as potential criminal sanctions, any of which may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, Congress is considering the Food Labeling Modernization Act of 2013, which would require: uniform front of package labeling; adherence to new requirements for “natural,” “healthy,” and “whole grain” claims; disclosure of added colors, sweeteners, calories, trans fats, and total caffeine amount; revisions to ingredient declarations; changes to labels of single-serve packaging; and revisions to substantiation requirements for structure/function claims. Non-compliance with the majority of the proposed amendments would result in a product being deemed misbranded and subject to FDA enforcement actions. While the enactment of this bill is highly uncertain, it addresses issues that are under active consideration by FDA, consumer advocacy groups, and plaintiffs’ lawyers. Accordingly, the bill may play a role in influencing proposed FDA regulations that are anticipated in the near term and could shape or further reinforce litigation trends.

18


Our brand and reputation may suffer from real or perceived issues involving the labeling and marketing of our products as “natural.”

Although the FDA and USDA have each issued statements regarding the appropriate use of the word “natural,” there is no single, U.S. government-regulated definition of the term “natural” for use in the food industry. The resulting uncertainty has led to consumer confusion, distrust and legal challenges. Plaintiffs have commenced or threatened legal actions against a number of food companies that market “natural” products, asserting false, misleading and deceptive advertising and labeling claims. Should we become subjectSuch a claim has recently been threatened against us with respect to similarour salad dressings. As a result of claims like these, consumers may avoid purchasing products from us or seek alternatives, even if the basis for the claim is unfounded. Adverse publicity about these matters may discourage consumers from buying our products. The cost of defending against any such claims could be significant. Any loss of confidence on the part of consumers in the truthfulness of our labeling or ingredient claims would be difficult and costly to overcome and may significantly reduce our brand value. Uncertainty as to the ingredients used in our products, regardless of the cause, may have a substantial and adverse effect on our brand and our business, results of operations and financial condition.

For example, we use annatto as a color additive in certain of our products. Although annatto is a natural substance derived from achiote trees, in policy statements the FDA takes the position that annatto is an artificial color additive because it adds a color not normally found in the foods to which it is added. Although we have not received one, the FDA has issued warning letters to some companies selling products labeled as natural that contain annatto stating the labels are false and misleading. If we were forced by the FDA to cease the use of annatto in our products, consumers who demand orange-colored products, particularly macaroni and cheese, could stop buying our products, which would adversely affect our sales.

The loss of independent certification on which we rely for a number of our products could harm our business.

We rely on independent certification of our organic products and must comply with the requirements of independent organizations or certification authorities in order to label our products as such. Certain of our products could lose their “organic” certification if a contract manufacturing plant or the Joplin Plant becomes contaminated with non-organic materials or if it is not properly cleaned after a production run. The loss of any independent certifications, including for reasons outside of our control, could harm our business.

Failure by our transportation providers to deliver our products on time or at all could result in lost sales.

We currently rely upon third-party transportation providers for a significant portion of our product shipments. Our utilization of delivery services for shipments is subject to risks, including increases in fuel prices, which would increase our shipping costs, and employee strikes and inclement weather, which may impact the ability of providers to provide delivery services that adequately meet our shipping needs. We periodically change shipping companies, and we could face logistical difficulties that could adversely affect deliveries. In addition, we could incur costs and expend resources in connection with such change. Moreover, we may not be able to obtain terms as favorable as those we receive from the third-party transportation providers that we currently use, which in turn would increase our costs and thereby adversely affect our operating results.

If we do not manage our supply chain effectively, including inventory levels, our operating results may be adversely affected.

The inability of any supplier, independent contract manufacturer, third-party distributor or transportation provider to deliver or perform for us in a timely or cost-effective manner could cause our operating costs to increase and our profit margins to decrease. We must continuously monitor our forecasts and orders with co-packers, our production at the Joplin Plant, our inventory and product mix against forecasted demand or risk having inadequate supplies to meet consumer demand as well as having too much inventory on hand that may reach its expiration date and become unsaleable.unsaleable or be sold at discount. For example, in the second quarter of fiscal 2013, our forecasting and production planning processes underestimated demand such that we experienced product shortages in our top items. If we are unable to manage our supply chain effectively and ensure that our products are available to meet consumer demand, our operating costs could increase and our profit margins could decrease.

Virtually all of our finished goods inventory is located in one warehouse facility. Any damage or disruption at this facility would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Virtually all

The majority of our finished goods inventory is located in one warehouse facility owned and operated by a third party. A natural disaster, fire, power interruption, work stoppage or other unanticipated catastrophic event at this facility would significantly disrupt our ability to deliver our products and operate our business. If any material amount of our inventory were damaged, we would be unable to fulfill orders for our products and, as a result, our business, results of operations and financial condition would suffer.


19


We may not be able to successfully implement initiatives to improve productivity and streamline operations to control or reduce costs. Failure to implement such initiatives could adversely affect our results of operations.

Our profitability can depend significantly on our efforts to control our operating costs. Because many of our costs, such as ingredient, packaging and transportation costs can be affected by factors outside or substantially outside our control, we seek to control or reduce costs through operating efficiency or other initiatives. For example, in fiscal 2013,2014, we begancompleted implementation of a transportation management system, which we expect to complete in fiscal 2014.system. Such initiatives, which we often refer to internally as “fat rabbit” projects, are important to our success. For example, in fiscal 2014, we did not meet our earnings goals in part due to delayed “fat rabbit” projects. If in the future we are not able to identify and complete initiatives designed to control or reduce costs and increase operating efficiency on time or within budget, our results of operations could be adversely impacted. In addition, if the cost savings initiatives we have implemented to date or any future cost-savings initiatives do not generate expected cost savings, our results of operations could be adversely affected.


Fluctuations in our results of operations for our second and fourth fiscal quarters and changes in our promotional activities may impact, and may have a disproportionate effect on, our overall financial condition and results of operations.

Our business is subject to seasonal fluctuations that may have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations. Historically, we have realized a higher portion of our net sales, net income and operating cash flows in our second and fourth fiscal quarters due to our customers’ merchandising and promotional activities around the back-to-school and spring seasons. Any factors that harm our second and fourth fiscal quarter operating results, including disruptions in our supply chain, adverse weather or unfavorable economic conditions, may have a disproportionate effect on our results of operations for the entire fiscal year.

In order to prepare for our peak seasons, we must order or produce and maintain higher quantities of inventory than we would carry at other times of the year. As a result, our working capital requirements also fluctuate during the year, increasing in our first and third fiscal quarters in anticipation of our second and fourth fiscal quarters, respectively. In response to product shortages experienced in the second quarter of fiscal 2013, we have significantly increased inventory levels, particularly in our top-selling items. Any unanticipated decline in demand for our products during our peak seasons could require us to sell excess inventory at a substantial markdown or write-off goods we are unable to sell, which could diminish our brand and adversely affect our results of operations.

In addition, we offer a variety of sales and promotion incentives to our customers and to consumers, such as price discounts, consumer coupons, volume rebates, cooperative marketing programs, slotting fees and in-store displays. Our net sales are periodically influenced by the efficiency of our trade programs as well as the introduction and discontinuance of sales and promotion incentives. Reductions in overall sales and promotion incentives could impact our net sales and affect our results of operations in any particular fiscal quarter.

Historical quarter-to-quarter and period-over-period comparisons of our sales and operating results are not necessarily indicative of future fiscal quarter-to-fiscal quarter and period-over-period results. YouInvestors should not rely on the results of a single fiscal quarter or period as an indication of our annual results or our future performance.

To the extent our customers purchase product in excess of consumer consumption in any period, our sales in a subsequent period may be adversely affected as customers seek to reduce their inventory levels. To the extent customers seek to reduce their usual or customary inventory levels or change their willingness to purchase product in excess of consumer consumption, our sales may be adversely affected.

From time to time, customers may purchase more product than they expect to sell to consumers during a particular time period. Customers may grow their inventory in anticipation of, or during, our promotional events, which typically provide for reduced prices during a specified time or other customer or consumer incentives. Customers may also grow inventory in anticipation of a price increase for our products. If a customer increases its inventory during a particular reporting period as a result of a promotional event, anticipated price increase or otherwise, then sales during the subsequent reporting period may be adversely impacted as customers seek to reduce their inventory to usual levels. This effect may be particularly pronounced when the promotional event, price increase or other event occurs near the end or beginning of a reporting period or when there are changes in the timing of a promotional event, price increase or similar event, as compared to the prior year. To the extent customers seek to reduce their usual or customary inventory levels or change their practices regarding purchases in excess of consumer consumption, our sales and results of operations would be adversely impacted in that period.

Failure to retain our senior management may adversely affect our operations.

Our success is substantially dependent on the continued service of certain members of our senior management, including John M. Foraker, our Chief Executive Officer, or CEO. These members of senior management have been primarily responsible

20

Table of Contents

for determining the strategic direction of our business and for executing our growth strategy and are integral to our brand and culture, and the reputation we enjoy with suppliers, contract manufacturers,

distributors, retailers and consumers. The loss of the services of any of these employees could have a material adverse effect on our business and prospects, as we may not be able to find suitable individuals to replace them on a timely basis, if at all. In addition, any such departure could be viewed in a negative light by investors and analysts, which may cause the price of our common stock to decline. We do not carry key-person life insurance on any of our senior management.

If we are unable to attract, train and retain employees, we may not be able to grow or successfully operate our business.

Our success depends in part upon our ability to attract, train and retain a sufficient number of employees who understand and appreciate our culture and are able to represent our brand effectively and establish credibility with our business partners and consumers. If we are unable to hire and retain employees capable of meeting our business needs and expectations, our business and brand image may be impaired. Any failure to meet our staffing needs or any material increase in turnover rates ofamong our employees may adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We rely on information technology systems and any inadequacy, failure, interruption or security breach of those systems may harm our ability to effectively operate our business.

We are dependent on various information technology systems, including, but not limited to, networks, applications and outsourced services in connection with the operation of our business. A failure of our information technology systems to perform as we anticipate could disrupt our business and result in transaction errors, processing and operational inefficiencies and loss of sales, causing our business to suffer. In addition, our information technology systems may be vulnerable to damage or interruption from circumstances beyond our control, including fire, natural disasters, systems failures, viruses and security breaches.breaches, cyber-attacks and spear phishing. Our technology systems are primarily based in Berkeley,the San Francisco Bay area in California, which is prone to earthquakes. We do not have a detailed disaster recovery plan and we do not carry insurance for earthquakes. To the extent our systems are damaged or interrupted, and we are unable to implement an effective recovery plan, our business could be materially adversely affected.

In addition, we sell our products over the internet through third-party websites, including those operated by Alice.com and Amazon.com. The website operations of such third parties may be affected by reliance on third-party hardware and software providers, technology changes, risks related to the failure of computer systems through which these website operations are conducted, telecommunications failures, electronic break-ins and similar disruptions. Furthermore, the ability of our third-party partners to conduct these website operations may be affected by liability for online content and state and federal privacy laws.

A failure of our new enterprise resource planning (ERP) system could impact our ability to operate our business, lead to internal control and reporting weaknesses and adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

In fiscal 2013, we implemented a new ERP information management system to provide for greater depth and breadth of functionality and effectively manage our business data, communications, supply chain, order entry and fulfillment, inventory and warehouse management and other business processes. We plan to add additional functionality in the future.future, including in connection with the integration of the Joplin Plant. A failure of the system to perform as we anticipate may result in transaction errors, processing and operational inefficiencies and the loss of sales, may otherwise disrupt our operations and materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition and may harm our ability to accurately forecast sales demand, manage our supply chain and production facilities, fulfill customer orders and report financial and management information on a timely and accurate basis. In addition, due to the systemic internal control features within ERP systems, we may experience difficulties that may affect our internal control over financial reporting, which may create a material weakness in our overall internal controls. Any material weaknesses in our internal controls may impede our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements, which could cause us to fail to file our periodic reports timely, result in inaccurate financial reporting or restatements of our financial statements, subject our stock to delisting and materially harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price. The risks associated with our new ERP system are greater for us as a newly public company.

An impairmentmay be exacerbated by efforts to integrate the Joplin Plant.


21

Table of goodwill could materially adversely affect our results of operations.

We have significant goodwill related to previous acquisitions, which amounted to 34.2% of our total assets as of March 31, 2013. Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed. In accordance with GAAP, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our sole reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test, which we perform annually in the fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Future events that may trigger impairment include, but are not limited to, significant adverse change in customer demand, the business climate or a significant decrease in expected cash flows. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. In the event an impairment to goodwill is identified, an immediate charge to earnings would be recorded, which would adversely affect our operating results. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Critical Accounting Policies—Goodwill.”

Our indebtednessContents


Indebtedness could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

In connection with the repurchase of 500,000 shares of our common stock concurrently with a secondary offering of our common stock in March 2013, we borrowed approximately $15.0 million under our credit facility.

As of March 31, 2013,2014, we had approximately $7.0 million outstanding under our credit facility with additional borrowing availability of $33.0 million.$40.0 million under our revolving credit facility. Subject to the limitations contained in the credit agreement governing our credit facility, we may be able to incur substantial additional indebtedness from time to time to finance working capital, capital expenditures, investments or acquisitions, stock buybacks or for other purposes. If we do so, the risks related to our level of indebtedness, if any, could intensify. Specifically, our level of indebtedness could have important consequences, including:

requiring a substantial portion of our cash flow to be dedicated to debt service payments instead of other purposes, thereby reducing the amount of cash flow available for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions and other general corporate purposes;

increasing our vulnerability to adverse changes in general economic, industry and competitive conditions;

exposing us to the risk of increased interest rates as borrowings under the credit facility will be at variable rates of interest;

limiting our flexibility in planning for and reacting to changes in the industry in which we compete;

limiting our ability to obtain additional financing to fund future working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions or other general corporate requirements;

placing us at a disadvantage compared to other, less leveraged competitors or competitors with comparable debt at more favorable interest rates; and

increasing our cost of borrowing.

Additionally, restrictive covenants in our credit agreement may limit our operational flexibility. See “Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations—Indebtedness.”
We may engage in future acquisition endeavors, and future acquisitions, if any, may not be successful, both of which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.
We may from time to time explore acquisitions. Exploring or pursuing acquisitions may divert management’s attention from other business concerns and cause us to incur additional costs, anticipated or otherwise. If we identify a suitable acquisition candidate, our ability to successfully implement the acquisition could depend on a variety of factors, including our ability to compete with other potentially interested parties, obtain financing on acceptable terms and secure consent under our credit agreement. Acquisitions involve risks, including those associated with integrating the operations, financial reporting, disparate technologies and personnel of acquired companies; managing geographically dispersed operations; the diversion of management’s attention from other business concerns; the inherent risks in entering markets or lines of business in which we have either limited or no direct experience; unknown risks; and the potential loss of key employees, customers and strategic partners of acquired companies. We may not successfully integrate any businesses we may acquire in the future and may not achieve anticipated revenue and cost benefits. Acquisitions may be expensive, time consuming and may strain our resources. Acquisitions may not be accretive to our earnings and may negatively impact our results of operations as a result of, among other things, the incurrence of debt, one-time write-offs of goodwill and amortization expenses of other intangible assets. In addition, future acquisitions that we may pursue could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities.
Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our stock price may be volatile or may decline regardless of our operating performance, and you may lose part or all of your investment.

The market price for our common stock is likely to be volatile, in part because our shares have only been traded publicly since March 28, 2012, and such volatility may be exacerbated by our relatively small public float. For example, the price of our common stock on the NYSE reached a high of $52.38 and a low of $34.90 per share in the second and fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, respectively. In addition, the market price of our common stock may fluctuate significantly in response to a number of factors, most of which we cannot control, including:

market conditions or trends in the natural and organic packaged food sales industry or in the economy as a whole;

seasonal fluctuations;

actions by competitors;

actual or anticipated growth rates relative to our competitors;

the public’s response to press releases or other public announcements by us or third parties, including our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or SEC;

economic, legal and regulatory factors unrelated to our performance;


22

Table of Contents

changes in financial estimates or recommendations by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;
any future guidance we may provide to the public, any changes in such guidance or any difference between our guidance and actual results;

changes in financial estimatesresults or recommendations by any securities analysts who follow our common stock;

analyst expectations for such guidance;

speculation by the press or investment community regarding our business;

litigation;

changes in key personnel; and

future sales of our common stock by our officers, directors and significant stockholders.


In addition, the stock markets, including the New York Stock Exchange, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have affected and continue to affect the market prices of equity securities of many companies. In the past, stockholders have instituted securities class action litigation following periods of market volatility. If we were involved in securities litigation, we could incur substantial costs and our resources and the attention of management could be diverted from our business.

Future sales of our common stock, or the perception in the public markets that these sales may occur, may depress our stock price.

The market price of our common stock could decline significantly as a result of sales of a large number of shares of our common stock in the market. Such sales, or the perception that these sales might occur, could depress the market price of our common stock. These sales, or the possibility that these sales may occur, also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity securities in the future at a time and at a price that we deem appropriate.

Pursuant to the Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement among us, Solera and certain of our other stockholders, dated as of November 14, 2005, some of our stockholders, including Solera, have the right to require us to register under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, shares in our company held by such stockholders. If our existing stockholders sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market, or if the public perceives that such sales could occur, this could have an adverse impact on the market price of our common stock, even if there is no relationship between such sales and the performance of our business.

Also, in the future, we may issue shares of our common stock in connection with investments or acquisitions. The amount of shares of our common stock issued in connection with an investment or acquisition could constitute a material portion of our then-outstanding shares of our common stock.

We will continue to be significantly influenced by our sponsor, whose interests may conflict with those of our other stockholders.

As of March 31, 2013, funds advised by Solera held approximately 15.1% of our voting power. So long as such funds continue to hold, directly or indirectly, shares of common stock representing a significant percentage of the voting power of our common stock, Solera will have significant power to influence all matters requiring stockholder approval, including the election of directors, amendment of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and approval of significant corporate transactions, and will have significant influence over our management and policies. Solera’s control may have the effect of delaying or preventing a change in control of our company or discouraging

others from making tender offers for our shares, which could prevent stockholders from receiving a premium for their shares. The interests of Solera may not always coincide with the interests of other stockholders, and Solera may act in a manner that advances its best interests and not necessarily those of our other stockholders.

Any material weaknesses in our internal controls may impede our ability to produce timely and accurate financial statements, which could cause us to fail to file our periodic reports timely, result in inaccurate financial reporting or restatements of our financial statements, subject our stock to delisting and materially harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

As a public company, we are required to file annual and quarterly periodic reports containing our financial statements with the SEC within prescribed time periods. As part of the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements, we are also required to provide our periodic reports, or make them available, to our stockholders within prescribed time periods. We may not be able to produce reliable financial statements or file these financial statements as part of a periodic report in a timely manner with the SEC or comply with the New York Stock Exchange listing requirements. In addition, we could make errors in our financial statements that could require us to restate our financial statements. If we are required to restate our financial statements in the future for any reason, any specific adjustment may be adverse and may cause our results of operations and financial condition, as restated, to be materially adversely impacted. As a result, we or members of our management could be the subject of adverse publicity, stockholder lawsuits and investigations and sanctions by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC. Any of the above consequences could cause our stock price to decline and could impose significant unanticipated costs on us.

However, for as long as we remain an “emerging growth company,” or EGC, as defined in the Jumpstart our Business Startups Act of 2012, or JOBS Act, we intend to take advantage of the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which is applicable to other public companies that are not EGCs. We intend to take advantage of this reporting exemption, and possibly other reporting exemptions, until we are no longer an EGC. We will cease to be an EGC at the earliest of (A) the last day of the fiscal year in which we have total annual gross revenues of $1,000,000,000 (as indexed for inflation in the manner set forth in the Jobs Act) or more; (B) the last day of the fiscal year in which the fifth anniversary of the date of the first sale of our common stock pursuant to an effective registration statement under the Securities Act occurs (March 31, 2018); (C) the date on which we have, during the previous 3-year period, issued more than $1,000,000,000 in non-convertible debt; or (D) the date on which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or any successor thereto.

Once we cease to be an EGC, as of each fiscal year end thereafter, our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to evaluate and report on our internal controls over financial reporting in the event we are an accelerated filer or large accelerated filer. To the extent we find material weaknesses in our internal controls, we may determine that we have ineffective internal controls over financial reporting as of any particular fiscal year end, and we may receive an adverse assessment of our internal controls over financial reporting from our independent registered public accounting firm. Moreover, any material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our internal controls may delay the conclusion of an annual audit or a review of our quarterly financial results. From time to time, we have had significant deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting. While no such deficiency has resulted in a material weakness to date, any significant deficiency that is not remediated could, on its own or in combination with other significant deficiencies, give rise to a material weakness.

If we are not able to issue our financial statements in a timely manner, or if we are not able to obtain the required audit or review of our financial statements by our independent registered public accounting firm in a timely manner, we will not be able to comply with the periodic reporting requirements of the SEC and the listing requirements of the New York Stock Exchange. If these events occur, our common stock listing on the New York Stock Exchange could be suspended or terminated and our stock price could materially suffer. In addition, we or members of our management could be subject to investigation and sanction by the SEC and other regulatory

authorities and to stockholder lawsuits, which could impose significant additional costs on us, divert management attention and materially harm our business, results of operations, financial condition and stock price.

Some of our operating expenses will increase significantly as a result of operating as a public company, and our management will be required to devote substantial time to complying with public company regulations.

Until March 27, 2012, the effective date of our IPO registration statement on Form S-1, we operated as a private company. Upon effectiveness, we became a public company. As a public company, we have incurred and will continue to incur additional legal, accounting, compliance and other expenses that we had not previously incurred as a private company. We are obligated to file annual and quarterly information and other reports with the SEC as required by the Exchange Act and applicable SEC rules. We are currently exempt from the auditor attestation requirement of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act as an EGC, therefore we expect our costs as a public company to further increase once such attestation is required. In addition, we are subject to other reporting and corporate governance requirements, including certain requirements of the New York Stock Exchange, which impose significant compliance obligations upon us.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the recently enacted Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act, as well as rules subsequently implemented by the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange, have imposed increased regulation and disclosure obligations and have required enhanced corporate governance practices of public companies. However, for so long as we qualify as an EGC under the JOBS Act, we may decide to make certain elections that would lessen such obligations. See “—We are an emerging growth company, and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.” Nonetheless, our efforts to comply with evolving laws, regulations and standards are likely to result in increased administrative expenses and a diversion of management’s time and attention from sales-generating activities. These changes will require a significant commitment of additional resources. We may not be successful in implementing these requirements, and implementing them could materially adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. If we do not implement or comply with such requirements in a timely manner, we might be subject to sanctions or investigation by regulatory authorities, such as the SEC or the New York Stock Exchange. Any such action could harm our reputation and the confidence of investors and customers in our company and could materially adversely affect our business and cause our stock price to decline.

We are an emerging growth company and we cannot be certain if the reduced disclosure requirements applicable to emerging growth companies will make our common stock less attractive to investors.

We are an EGC, as defined in the JOBS Act, and we intend to take advantage of the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We intend to take advantage of this reporting exemption, and possibly other reporting exemptions, until we are no longer an EGC. We cannot predict if investors will find our common stock less attractive because we are relying or may rely on these exemptions. If some investors find our common stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for our common stock and our stock price may be more volatile.

Although, the JOBS Act permits an EGC such as us to take advantage of an extended transition period to comply with new or revised accounting standards applicable to public companies, we are choosing to “opt out” of this provision and, as a result, we will comply with new or revised accounting standards as required when they are adopted. This decision to opt out of the extended transition period under the JOBS Act is irrevocable.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or publish unfavorable research about our business, our stock price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. If one or more of these analysts ceases coverage of our company or fails to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in

turn could cause our stock price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if our operating results do not meet the expectations of the investor community, one or more of the analysts who cover our company may change their recommendations regarding our company, and our stock price could decline.


Certain provisions of our corporate governance documents and Delaware law could discourage, delay or prevent a merger or acquisition at a premium price.

Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws contain provisions that may make the acquisition of our company more difficult without the approval of our board of directors. These include provisions that:

authorize the issuance of undesignated preferred stock, the terms of which may be established and the shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval, and which may include voting, approval, dividend or other rights or preferences superior to the rights of the holders of our common stock;

classify our board of directors into three separate classes with staggered terms;

provide that directors can only be removed for cause or by vote of shares representing 66 2/3%3% or more of our total voting power;

prohibit stockholders from acting by written consent;

provide that our board of directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal our amended and restated bylaws;

provide that the stockholders can only adopt, amend or repeal our amended and restated bylaws with the affirmative vote of 66 2/3%3% or more of our total voting power;

establish advance notice requirements for nominations for elections to our board of directors or for proposing matters that can be acted upon by stockholders at stockholder meetings;

prohibit stockholders from calling special meetings; and

provide our board of directors with the sole power to set the size of our board of directors and fill vacancies.

These and other provisions of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation and amended and restated bylaws could delay, defer or prevent us from experiencing a change of control or changes in our board of directors and management and may adversely affect our stockholders’ voting and other rights. Our board of directors intends to recommend that our amended and restated certificate of incorporation be amended to declassify the board of directors at the next annual meeting of stockholders to be held in September 2013. If our stockholders approve such a proposal, all of our directors would be elected annually and serve one-year terms.

In addition, we are subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, which generally prohibits a Delaware corporation from engaging in any of a broad range of business combinations with a stockholder owning 15% or more of such corporation’s outstanding voting stock for a period of three years following the date on which such stockholder became an “interested” stockholder. In order for us to consummate a business combination with an “interested” stockholder within three years of the date on which the stockholder became “interested,” either (1) the business combination or the transaction that resulted in the stockholder becoming “interested” must be approved by our board of directors prior to the date the stockholder became “interested,” (2) the “interested” stockholder must own at least 85% of our outstanding voting stock at the time the transaction commences (excluding voting stock owned by directors who are also officers and certain employee stock plans) or

23

Table of Contents

(3) the business combination must be approved by our board of directors and authorized by at least two-thirds of our stockholders (excluding the “interested” stockholder). This provision could have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control, whether or not it is desired by or beneficial to our stockholders. Any delay or prevention of a change of control transaction or changes in our board of directors and management could deter potential acquirers or prevent the completion of a transaction in which our stockholders could receive a substantial premium over the then-current market price for their shares of our common stock.



24

Table of Contents

ITEM 1B.UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

ITEM 2.PROPERTIES


Facilities

We do not own any real property. We lease

The table below lists our headquarters at 1610 Fifth Street, Berkeley, California pursuant to a lease agreement that expires in February 2019 with an option to extend through February 2021. The approximately 33,500 square foot space includes our corporate headquartersprimary owned and our sample storage area. For additional information concerning the lease agreement for our headquarters, please see Note 7 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K. leased facilities:
FacilityLocationCharacterOwnership
Administrative officesBerkeley, CaliforniaCorporate headquartersLeased
Snack manufacturing plantJoplin, MissouriSnack manufacturingOwned
We believe that our current facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the near future and that suitable additional or alternative office space will be available on commercially reasonable terms to accommodate our foreseeable future growth.


ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

From


On December 6, 2013, a private organization called the Center for Environmental Health (“CEH”) sued us and our subsidiary, Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., in Superior Court of the State of California in the County of Alameda under California Health & Safety Code §§ 25249.5 et seq. (commonly referred to as “Proposition 65”). CEH claims that warnings are required in California under Proposition 65 for alleged exposures to lead and lead compounds from cookies that contain ginger or molasses, including our Gluten-Free Ginger Snap Bunny Cookies. CEH is seeking injunctive relief, civil penalties of $2,500 per violation per day and its attorneys’ fees and costs. The lawsuit, entitled Mondelez International, Inc., et al., Alameda County Superior Court Case No. RG13-677800, names twenty-one other companies that are either suppliers or retailers of ginger- or molasses-containing cookies. As of March 31, 2014, we have accrued an amount equal to the current estimate of our exposure in this matter. Given the inherent uncertainty associated with legal matters, the actual resolution of this litigation may be higher or lower than the estimated accrual.
Additionally, from time to time, we are subject to claims, and assessments or other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of our business. We arebusiness, including product liability claims, employee claims, and other general liability claims. While it is not currently a partyfeasible to any litigation matterpredict or determine the ultimate outcome of these matters, we believe that none of these legal proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, is expected towill have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition,position or results of operations orand cash flows.

We do not accrue for legal fees that may be incurred in the future in connection with defending litigation.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES


Not applicable.


25


PART II

ITEM 5.MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

ITEM 5.     MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

Market Information

Our common stock has been listed on the NYSE under the symbol BNNY since March 28, 2012. Prior to that date, there was no established public trading market for our common stock. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices on the NYSE of the common stock for the periods indicated, as reported by the NYSE. Such quotations represent inter dealer prices without retail markup, markdown, or commission and may not necessarily represent actual transactions.

   Fiscal 2013   Fiscal 2012 
   High   Low   High   Low 

First Quarter

  $45.00    $32.66    $n/a    $      n/a  

Second Quarter

   48.87     35.50     n/a       n/a  

Third Quarter

   47.03     32.06     n/a       n/a  

Fourth Quarter

   43.10     33.05     40.00       31.00  

 Fiscal 2014 Fiscal 2013
 High Low High Low
First Quarter$43.51
 $36.26
 $45.00
 $32.66
Second Quarter51.46
 40.50
 48.87
 35.50
Third Quarter52.38
 40.29
 47.03
 32.06
Fourth Quarter44.92
 34.90
 43.10
 33.05
On March 28, 2013,31, 2014, the last day that the NYSE was open for public trading during fiscal 2013,2014, the last reported sale price of our common stock on the NYSE was $38.26.$40.19. As of March 31, 2013,2014, there were 13 holders of record of our common stock. A substantially greater number of stockholders may be “street name” or beneficial holders, whose shares are held of record by banks, brokers and other financial institutions.

Dividend Policy

During fiscal 2012, we paid cash dividends on our capital stock of $1,518,809 ($0.097 per share) in August 2011, $2,279,518 ($0.145 per share) in November 2011 and $9,751,271 ($0.621 per share) in December 2011.

We did not pay dividends in fiscal 2014 or 2013.

Although we have paid cash dividends on our capital stock from time to time in the past while we were a privately held company, we currently expect to retain all future earnings for use in the operation and expansion of our business and do not anticipate paying cash dividends in the foreseeable future. The declaration and payment of any dividends in the future will be determined by our board of directors, in its discretion, and will depend on a number of factors, including our earnings, capital requirements, overall financial condition and contractual restrictions, including covenants under our revolving credit facility and other indebtedness we may incur.

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

The following table provides information regarding our purchases of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013:

Period

 (a) Total Number
of Shares (or
Units) Purchased
  (b) Average
Price Paid  per
Share (or Unit)
  (c) Total Number  of
Shares (or Units)
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs
  (d) Maximum Number  (or
Approximate Dollar Value)
of Shares (or Units) that May
Yet Be Purchased Under the
Plans or Programs
 

January 1, 2013 - January 31, 2013

  —     $—      —     $—    

February 1, 2013 - February 28, 2013

  —      $—      —     $ —    

March 1, 2013 - March 31, 2013

  500,000(1)  $ 38.25    500,000(1)  $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  500,000   $38.25    500,000   $—    
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

(1)Pursuant to the Repurchase Agreement, publicly announced, whereby the Company entered into an agreement with Solera Partners, L.P. and SCI Partners, L.P. to repurchase shares of its common stock, concurrently with the closing of its secondary offering on March 18, 2013


Stock Price Performance Graph

This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or to be “filed” with the Securities and Exchange Commission for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any filing of Annie’s, Inc. under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Exchange Act.

The following graph compares our total common stock return with the total return for (i) the New York Stock Exchange Composite Index, or the NYSE Composite and (ii) the Russell 3000 Index, or the Russell 3000 for the period from March 28, 2012 (the date our common stock commenced trading on the NYSE) through March 31, 2013.2014. Although our common stock was initially listed at $19.00 per share on the date our common stock was first listed on the NYSE, March 28, 2012, the $19.00 price is not reflected in the graph. Instead, the figures represented below assume an investment of $100 in our common stock at the closing price of $35.92 on March 28, 2012 and in the NYSE Composite and the Russell 3000 on March 28, 2012 and the reinvestment of dividends into shares of common stock. The comparisons in the table are required by the SEC and are not intended to forecast or be indicative of possible future performance of our common stock.


26

Table of Contents

$100 Investment in stock or index Ticker3/28/2012
3/31/20126/30/20129/30/201212/31/20123/31/20136/30/20139/30/201312/31/20133/31/2014
     Annie’s BNNY$100.00
$96.99
$116.54
$124.83
$93.07
$106.51
$118.99
$136.69
$119.82
$111.89
     NYSE Composite NYA100.00
100.23
95.28
100.77
103.12
111.22
111.29
117.50
127.01
128.57
     Russell 3000 RUA100.00
100.15
96.50
101.98
101.63
112.33
114.77
121.46
133.08
135.07


27

Table of Contents

ITEM 6.     SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA


The following selected consolidated financial data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes and “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” appearing elsewhere in this Form 10-K. The selected consolidated financial data in this section is not intended to replace our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Our historical results are not necessarily indicative of our future results.

We revised our historical consolidated financial statements to reflect the correction of misstatements as described in Note 2 of our Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As part of the revision, we also corrected previously-identified misstatements related to the measurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability and stock-based compensation. The correction relating to the convertible preferred stock warrant liability increased previously reported net income in fiscal 2012 by $0.5 million, decreased net income in fiscal 2011 by $0.6 million, increased net income in fiscal 2010 by $79,000 and increased net loss in fiscal 2009 by $44,000. The correction relating to stock-based compensation expense decreased previously reported net income by $0.2 million in fiscal 2012 and increased net income by $7,000, $0.1 million, $24,000, $24,000 and $14,000 in fiscal 2011, 2010, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively.
We derived the consolidated statementsstatement of operationsincome data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012 and the consolidated balance sheetssheet data as of March 31, 20132014 and 20122013 from our audited consolidated financial statements appearing elsewhere in this filing. The consolidated statementsstatement of operationsincome data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 20102011 and 20092010 and the consolidated balance sheetssheet data as of March 31, 2012, 2011 2010 and 20092010 have been derived from our auditedrevised historical consolidated financial statements not included in this filing.

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013  2012  2011  2010  2009 
   (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

Consolidated Statements of Operations Data:

      

Net sales

  $169,977   $141,304   $117,616   $96,015   $93,643  

Cost of sales

   104,566    85,877    71,804    63,083    64,855  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   65,411    55,427    45,812    32,932    28,788  

Operating expenses:

      

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   45,461    36,195    30,674    25,323    25,693  

Advisory agreement termination fee

   —      1,300    —      —      —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   45,461    37,495    30,674    25,323    25,693  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from operations

   19,950    17,932    15,138    7,609    3,095  

Interest expense

   (168  (161  (885  (1,207  (1,279

Other income (expense), net

   87    (1,594  155    21    (289
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   19,869    16,177    14,408    6,423    1,527  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   8,318    6,588    (5,747  400    56  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from continuing operations

   11,551    9,589    20,155    6,023    1,471  

Loss from discontinued operations(1)

   —      —      —      —      (579

Loss from sale of discontinued operations(1)

   —      —      —      —      (1,865
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

  $11,551   $9,589   $20,155   $6,023   $(973
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders from continuing operations(2)

  $11,551   $290   $596   $177   $43  

Net loss attributable to common stockholders from discontinued operations(2)

   —      —      —      —      (72
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders(2)

  $11,551   $290   $596   $177   $(29
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders —Basic

      

Continuing operations

  $0.67   $0.62   $1.29   $0.38   $0.09  

Discontinued operations

   —      —      —      —      (0.16
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $0.67   $0.62   $1.29   $0.38   $(0.07
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013   2012  2011  2010  2009 
   (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) 

Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—Diluted

       

Continuing operations

  $0.65    $0.26   $0.50   $0.20   $0.06  

Discontinued operations

   —       —      —      —      (0.16
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders

  $0.65    $0.26   $0.50   $0.20   $(0.10
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—Basic

   17,129,334     469,089    461,884    461,248    461,154  

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders—Diluted

   17,707,839     1,111,088    1,201,125    899,539    766,290  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends per common share

  $—      $0.86   $0.80   $0.22   $—    
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013   2012  2011  2010  2009 
   (in thousands) 

Other Financial Data:

       

EBITDA(3)

  $21,102    $17,183   $15,787   $7,975   $728  

Adjusted EBITDA(3)

   25,765     21,315    16,560    9,277    4,407  
   March 31, 
   2013   2012  2011  2010  2009 
   (in thousands) 

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:

       

Cash

  $4,930    $562   $7,333   $8,550   $3,693  

Working capital

   31,925     16,427    13,035    16,538    13,195  

Total assets

   90,212     72,429    67,261    58,794    53,612  

Total debt(4)

   7,007     12,796    —      5,856    5,713  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   —       2,157    —      —      —    

Convertible preferred stock

   —       81,373    81,373    81,373    81,373  

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   65,929     (34,436  (30,148  (38,173  (41,620

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 (Revised) 2012 (Revised) 2011 (Revised) 2010 (Revised)
 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
Consolidated Statement of Income Data:         
Net sales$204,104
 $169,472
 $141,481
 $117,389
 $95,899
Cost of sales128,475
 104,566
 85,877
 71,804
 63,083
Gross profit75,629
 64,906

55,604

45,585

32,816
Selling, general and administrative expenses49,509
 45,461
 37,790
 30,663
 25,144
Income from operations26,120
 19,445

17,814

14,922

7,672
Interest expense(335) (168) (161) (885) (1,207)
Other income (expense), net41
 87
 (1,076) (398) 100
Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes25,826
 19,364

16,577

13,639

6,565
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes10,537
 8,112
 6,541
 (5,836) 426
Net income(1)$15,289
 $11,252

$10,036

$19,475

$6,139
Net income attributable to common stockholders(2)$15,289
 $11,252
 $303
 $574
 $180
Earnings per share         
—Basic$0.90
 $0.66

$0.65

$1.24

$0.39
—Diluted$0.88
 $0.64

$0.27

$0.48

$0.20
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing earnings per share         
—Basic16,926,827
 17,129,334
 469,089
 461,884
 461,248
—Diluted17,412,548
 17,707,839
 1,111,088
 1,201,125
 899,539
Dividends per common share$
 $
 $0.86
 $0.80
 $0.22


28

Table of Contents

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 (Revised) 2012 (Revised) 2011 (Revised) 2010 (Revised)
 (in thousands)
Other Financial Data:         
EBITDA(3)$27,627
 $20,597
 $17,583
 $15,018
 $8,117
Adjusted EBITDA(3)27,251
 25,260
 21,492
 16,333
 9,161

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 (Revised) 2012 (Revised) 2011 (Revised) 2010 (Revised)
 (in thousands)
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:         
Cash$17,308
 $4,930
 $562
 $7,333
 $8,550
Working capital43,886
 31,078
 15,879
 12,263
 15,904
Total assets103,641
 89,535
 71,881
 66,489
 58,160
Total debt(4)
 7,007
 12,796
 
 5,856
Convertible preferred stock warrant liability
 
 2,157
 949
 396
Convertible preferred stock
 
 81,373
 81,373
 81,373
Total stockholders’ equity / (deficit)84,912
 65,082
 (34,984) (31,438) (38,772)
(1)In November 2008, we sold Fantastic, a manufacturerOur previously reported net income was overstated by $0.1 million and $69,000 for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively, due to the misstatements relating to certain trade allowances as described in Note 2 of instant soups and packaged meals,our Notes to an unrelated third party for $1.7 million, netConsolidated Financial Statements in Item 8 of working capital adjustments. We considered Fantastic a business component, and thus, the results of operations of Fantastic are separately reported as discontinued operations in fiscal 2009. The lossthis Annual Report on sale of Fantastic is reported as a loss on sale of discontinued operations in fiscal 2009.Form 10-K.

(2)Net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders for fiscal years prior to fiscal 2013 was allocated using the two-class method since our capital structure included common stock and convertible preferred stock with participating rights. Under the two-class method, we reduced income from continuing operations by (i) the dividends paid to convertible preferred stockholders and (ii) the rights of the convertible preferred stockholders in any undistributed earnings based on the relative percentage of weighted average shares of outstanding convertible preferred stock to the total number of weighted average shares of outstanding common and convertible preferred stock. Under the two-class method, during any period in which we had income from continuing operations, the income from continuing operations and the loss from discontinued operations were allocated between the common and preferred stockholders.


(3)EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are not financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP. As used herein, EBITDA represents net income (loss) plus interest expense, provision for (benefit from) income taxes and depreciation and amortization. As used herein, Adjusted EBITDA represents EBITDA plus the pre-tax impact of the pizza recall and related insurance recoveries; costs associated with the Joplin Plant acquisition; secondary offering costs; stock-based compensation; management fees; advisory agreement termination fee; and the change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability.
We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA since we believe each of these figures provide additional metrics to evaluate our operations and, when considered with both our GAAP results and the reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, provide a more complete understanding of our business than could be obtained absent this disclosure. We use these non-GAAP figures, together with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, to assess our operating performance, to provide meaningful comparisons of operating performance across periods, to enhance our understanding of our core operating performance and to compare our performance to that of our peers and competitors. We believe that these non-GAAP figures are also useful to investors in assessing the operating performance of our business without the effect of items described above. These non-GAAP figures are subject to inherent limitation as they reflect the exercise of judgment by management in determining how they are formulated. Further, our computation of these non-GAAP figures is likely to differ from methods used by other companies in computing similarly titled or defined terms, limiting the usefulness of these measures. These non-GAAP figures should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to GAAP financial measures, including net income, and investors should not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.
(4)Total debt includes outstanding borrowings on our credit facility and, prior to March 31, 2011, the outstanding principal balance of our term loan, which was repaid in August 2010.

29

Table of Contents

The following table provides a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income, which is the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP.
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 (Revised) 2012 (Revised) 2011 (Revised) 2010 (Revised)
 (in thousands)
Net income$15,289
 $11,252
 $10,036
 $19,475
 $6,139
     Interest expense335
 168
 161
 885
 1,207
     Provision for (benefit from) income taxes10,537
 8,112
 6,541
 (5,836) 426
     Depreciation and amortization1,466
 1,065
 845
 494
 345
EBITDA27,627
 20,597

17,583

15,018

8,117
     (Benefit to) / reduction of net sales related to product recall(a)(1,071) 1,096
 
 
 
     (Benefit to) / incremental cost of sales related to product recall(a)(628) 1,080
 
 
 
     Incremental selling, general and administrative costs related to product recall(a)24
 171
 
 
 
     Costs associated with Joplin Plant acquisition(b)546
 
 
 
 
     Secondary offering costs(c)288
 1,239
 
 
 
     Stock-based compensation(d)465
 1,064
 801
 362
 723
     Management fees(e)
 
 600
 400
 400
     Advisory agreement termination fee(e)
 
 1,300
 
 
     Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability(f)
 13
 1,208
 553
 (79)
Adjusted EBITDA$27,251
 $25,260

$21,492

$16,333

$9,161
(a)Represents impact on net sales, cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses due to product recall; secondary offering costs; stock-based compensation; loss from discontinued operations; loss from sale of discontinued operations; management fees; advisory agreement termination fee; and change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

We present EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA because we believe each of these measures provides an additional metric to evaluate our operations and, when considered with both our GAAP results and the reconciliation to net income (loss) set forth below, provides a more complete understanding of our business than could be obtained absent this disclosure. We use EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA, together with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, such as sales and net income, to assess our historical and prospective operating performance, to provide meaningful comparisons of operating performance across periods, to enhance our understanding of our core operating performance and to compare our performance to that of our peers and competitors.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA are presented because we believe they are useful to investors in assessing the operating performance of our business without the effect of non-cash depreciation and amortization expenses and, in the case of Adjusted EBITDA, the adjustments described above.

EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to net income (loss), income from operations or any other measure of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP. Neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA should be considered as a measure of discretionary cash available to us to invest in the growth of our business. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other organizations because other organizations may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same manner as we do. Our presentation of Adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by the expenses that are excluded from that term or by unusual or non-recurring items. We recognize that both EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA have limitations as analytical financial measures. For example, neither EBITDA nor Adjusted EBITDA reflects:

our capital expenditures or future requirements for capital expenditures;

the interest expense, or the cash requirements necessary to service interest or principal payments, associated with indebtedness;

depreciation and amortization, which are non-cash charges, although the assets being depreciated and amortized will likely have to be replaced in the future, nor does EBITDA or Adjusted EBITDA reflect any cash requirements for such replacements; and

changes in, or cash requirements for, our working capital needs.

The following table provides a reconciliation of EBITDA and Adjusted EBITDA to net income (loss), which is the most directly comparable financial measure presented in accordance with GAAP.

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013   2012   2011  2010   2009 
   (in thousands) 

Net income (loss)

  $11,551    $9,589    $ 20,155   $ 6,023    $(973

Interest expense

   168     161     885    1,207     1,279  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   8,318     6,588     (5,747  400     56  

Depreciation and amortization

   1,065     845     494    345     366  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

EBITDA

   21,102     17,183     15,787    7,975     728  

Net sales impact related to product recall(a)

   1,096     —       —      —       —    

Cost of sales related to product recall(a)

   1,080     —       —      —       —    

Administrative costs related to product recall(a)

   171     —       —      —       —    

Secondary offering costs(b)

   1,239     —       —      —       —    

Stock-based compensation(c)

   1,064     506     373    902     835  

Loss from discontinued operations

   —       —       —      —       579  

Loss from sale of discontinued operations

   —       —       —      —       1,865  

Management fees(d)

   —       600     400    400     400  

Advisory agreement termination fee(d)

   —       1,300     —      —       —    

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability(e)

   13     1,726     —      —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $25,765    $21,315    $16,560   $9,277    $4,407  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

 

(a)Represents impact on net sales, as adjusted for $0.4 million recovery from insurance as of May 31, 2013, cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses due to voluntary productpizza recall announced in January 2013.2013 and related insurance recoveries.
(b)Represents secondary offeringslegal, consulting and other administrative costs associated with acquisition of snack manufacturing plant in Joplin, Missouri, which was completed in April 2014.
(c)Represents offering costs for two rounds of secondary public offerings closed on August 6, 2012, and March 18, 2013 and November18, 2013 in which certain stockholders including Solera sold shares of common stock. The Company did not receive any proceeds from these secondary offerings.
(c)
(d)Represents non-cash, stock-based compensation expense.
(d)
(e)Represents management fees and advisory agreement termination fee payable to Solera pursuant to an agreement. The agreement, which was terminated upon the consummation of our IPO in exchange for a payment of $1.3 million.
(e)
(f)Represents non-cash charge / (benefit) due to the increase / (decrease) in fair value of a warrant to purchase 65,000 shares of our convertible preferred stock. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.
(4)Total debt includes the outstanding principal balance of our term loan, which was repaid in August 2010, and outstanding borrowings on our credit facility.




30

Table of Contents

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7.MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The following discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including those set forth in “Risk Factors” and “Forward-Looking Statements.” The following discussion of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, as well as the information presented under “Selected Financial Data.”

Executive Overview
Business
Overview

Annie’s, Inc. is a natural and organic food company with a widely recognized brand offering consumers great-tasting products in large packaged foods categories. We sell premium products made from high-quality ingredients at affordable prices.sold across the mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser and natural retailer channels. We have the #1number one natural and organic market position in four product lines: macaroni and cheese, snack crackers, fruit snacks and graham crackers.

Our loyal and growing consumer following has enabled us to migrate from our natural and organic roots to a brand sold across the mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser and natural retailer channels. We offer over 135 products and are present in over 26,500 retail locations in the United States and Canada.

Our net sales are derived primarily from the sale of meals, snacks, dressings, condiments and other products under the Annie’s Homegrown and Annie’s Naturals brand names. We have experienced strong growth driven by our meals and snacks categories, resulting from our focus on supporting our best-selling items and the introduction of new products.
Key economic or industry-wide factors and trends affecting our business
Consumers’ preference for natural and organic products in these categories. We have reduced our offerings in our dressingscontinues to rise due to increasing concerns over the purity and condiments lines and discontinued our cereal product line in the fourth quartersafety of fiscal 2012,food as a result of the presence of pesticide residues, growth hormones and artificial and genetically engineered ingredients in the foods we eat. In this growing market, we expect competition from other natural and organic packaged food companies as well as mainstream conventional packaged food companies to increase, as they may seek to introduce or have introduced products in our key categories or seek to make existing products more attractive to the natural and organic consumer.
Net Sales
The following trends in our business continue to drive top-line growth:
Our increased penetration and improved shelf placements in conventional retailers.
Fiscal 2014 was a year of accelerated distribution growth, especially in mainstream channels. Annie’s products can now be found in over 35,000 stores across all channels compared with 31,500 from a year ago. This growth was led by continued distribution gains of purple box mac & cheese, which now holds 74% All-Commodity Volume (“ACV”) in U.S. grocery.
In addition to expanding our retail footprint, we also deepened our distribution in many retail accounts, resulting in 10% growth in our total distribution points in the U.S. grocery channel.
Our velocities, or sales per point of distribution, also grew solidly last year as we continued to benefit from increased mainline distribution.
Despite this progress, we are still significantly underpenetrated relative to our potential, especially in the grocery channel where the average retailer carries 14 of our Key 33 items.
In addition to our continued focus on building mac & cheese distribution, we have plans in place to accelerate our distribution growth in snacks in the year ahead.
Our continued innovation, including adding new flavors and sizes to existing lines and introducing new product lines.
Fiscal 2014 was a robust innovation year. We introduced over 40 new SKUs across our portfolio, more than double the number of new product introductions in the prior fiscal year. 
New products, defined as products introduced in the past 12 months, accounted for a higher percentage of net sales compared to fiscal 2013, with solid contribution from our two new platforms, microwavable cups and family-size frozen entrées.

31

Table of Contents

We expect fiscal 2015 to be another year of significant innovation.
Greater consumer demand for natural and organic food products and increasing awareness of the Annie’s brand and our offerings.
By leveraging our great products with authentic and highly targeted digital and social marketing, we are driving significant increases in that category have been flatbrand awareness, consumer trial and, most importantly, household penetration. Our household penetration, as measured by IRI, now stands at 8.8%, up nearly a percentage point over the prior year.
In fiscal 2015, we plan to further increase our investment in the most recentsocial and digital programs, along with other grassroots marketing initiatives. 
Gross Profit
While our cost structure continues to benefit from ongoing productivity and cost reduction initiatives, we experienced increased margin pressure in fiscal year.

Gross profit is net2014 resulting from several factors, including: input cost inflation; more limited price increases compared to prior years; a faster pace of product innovation, which drove unfavorable product mix changes and increased inventory obsolescence; customer mix changes; and increased spending to drive continued distribution and market share growth in a competitive food retailing environment. Although commodity costs for many conventional ingredients moderated or declined during our fiscal 2014, we continue to experience cost inflation in certain key commodities, particularly for organic wheat and dairy.

While we continue to purchase finished products from our contract manufacturers, our directly contracted ingredients represented approximately 50% of our materials costs and approximately 30% of our cost of sales which consistsin fiscal 2014. We source directly for ingredients where scale or in-house expertise enables us to purchase competitively.
We continue to invest significant time and energy on efforts to offset higher costs and achieve cost reductions and productivity improvements in our supply chain. These efficiency projects have focused on selecting more cost-effective contract manufacturers, negotiating lower tolling fees, consolidating in-bound freight, leveraging warehouse expense, investing in capital equipment to improve line throughput and reduce production costs, and reducing ingredient and packaging costs through increased volume buys, contract consolidation, direct purchasing and price negotiation. Further, we believe that the acquisition of the Joplin Plant provides us with the opportunity over the long-term to benefit from fixed cost leverage as we drive increases in snacks volume.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (SG&A)
Our SG&A increased as a result of the investment we have made in scaling our organization and adding headcount to support our growth. Some of our SG&A are variable with volume, including freight and warehouse expenses and commissions paid to our sales brokers. In addition, we continue to make investments in marketing to drive trial of our products, promote awareness of our brand, and compete effectively against conventional as well as natural and organic brands, and in research and development to support our robust innovation pipeline. Further, in connection with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”), we have incurred additional fees, consulting and other costs. Despite these other costs during fiscal 2014, SG&A as a percentage of net sales decreased due to overall leverage resulting from strong net sales growth.
Joplin Acquisition
On April 2, 2014, we completed our previously announced acquisition of a snack manufacturing plant in Joplin, Missouri (the “Joplin Plant”) from Safeway Inc. and Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc. (together the “Selling Parties”) for $6.0 million, plus the value of inventory and supplies at closing (calculated based on the Selling Parties’ costs). We funded the acquisition with approximately $7.4 million in cash on hand and restricted cash of $0.3 million, previously deposited in an escrow account. The Joplin Plant has been the primary manufacturer of our cookie and cracker products since the inception of our snacks business in 2002. Our products produced in the Joplin Plant currently account for over 40% of our total snacks net sales and represent the majority of the Joplin Plant’s total production volume. In connection with the closing of the acquisition, Annie’s Baking, LLC, the subsidiary of Annie’s, Inc. that acquired the Joplin Plant, entered into a three-year supply agreement with an affiliate of Safeway Inc., pursuant to which we manufacture products for the affiliate.
Large Accelerated Filer
At the end of fiscal year 2014, we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer,” as defined in Rule 12b-2 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act, and as a result, we ceased to be an “emerging growth

32

Table of Contents

company,” as defined in the JOBS Act. As a result, we are no longer exempt from the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the SOX and our independent registered public accounting firm has evaluated and reported on the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. In connection with the auditor attestation, we incurred additional fees, consulting and other costs of ingredientsapproximately $0.3 million in the manufacture of products, contract manufacturing fees, inventory write-off, packaging costs and in-bound freight charges. Ingredients account for the largest portion of the cost of sales, followed by contract manufacturing fees and packaging costs.

Our selling, general and administrative expenses consist primarily of marketing and advertising expenses, freight and warehousing, wages, related payroll and employee benefit expenses, stock-based compensation, commissionsfiscal 2014 as compared to outside sales representatives, legal and professional fees, travel expenses, other facility related costs, such as rent and depreciation, and consulting expenses. The primary components of our marketing and advertising expenses include trade advertising, samples, consumer events, sales data, consumer research and search engine and digital advertising.

fiscal 2013.

Voluntary Product Recall

We first began shipping organic frozenpizza and made with organic pizza in January 2012 and made with organic frozen pizza first shipped during second quarter of fiscal 2013.2013, respectively. In January 2013, we announced a voluntary product recall of our certified organic and made with organic pizza products. The voluntary product recall was a result of our contract manufacturer for pizza crusts identifying small metal fragments in the pizza dough during a manufacturing run and in some finished pizza crusts made on the same day. We immediately halted production and began investigating the issue. Soon thereafter, we determined that the small metal fragments originated at the third-party flour mill from where we sourcesourced our pizza flour. We then initiated a recall of all lots of pizza product manufactured with this supplier’s flour from our first purchase from the supplier in May 2012.

Direct

To date, we have recorded total expenses of $0.2 million and $2.7 million, and insurance recoveries of $1.9 million and $0.4 million in fiscal 2014 and 2013, respectively. We do not expect any significant further costs ofor recoveries associated with the voluntary product recall include customerrecall.
Seasonality
Historically, we have experienced greater net sales in the second and consumer returns, costs associated with returned product, costs incurred byfourth fiscal quarters than in the first and third fiscal quarters due to our contract manufacturers, incremental costs associated with short-term sourcingcustomers’ and retailers’ merchandising and promotional activities around the back-to-school and spring seasons. Concurrently, inventory levels and working capital requirements generally increase during the first and third fiscal quarters of replacement flour, destruction charges and inventory write-off, retailer margin and customer fees and incentives.each fiscal year to support higher levels of net sales in the subsequent quarters. We also incurred administrative costs such as legal expenses, accounting fees and public relations expenses.

As a result of the voluntary product recall, we recorded chargesanticipate that negatively impactedthis seasonal impact on our net sales and working capital is likely to continue. Accordingly, our results of operations for any particular quarter are not indicative of the results we expect for the full year.

Revision of Financial Statements
In finalizing our fiscal 2014 results, we determined that our historical methodology for estimating certain trade allowances did not include all related trade promotion costs. Specifically, the methodology did not consider trade promotion activities conducted by our customers after quarter end related to sales that occurred prior to quarter end. To correct this misstatement, we recorded the cumulative impact of $0.7 million to accumulated deficit at April 1, 2011 in our Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity / (Deficit), relating to the correction of trade promotion costs prior to fiscal 2012. Additionally, we revised our net sales overstatement / (understatement) of $0.5 million and $(0.2) million for fiscal 2013 and 2012, respectively. This misstatement did not impact our reported net cash provided by operating activities for these periods.
In connection with the revision of our previously-issued consolidated financial statements as described above, we also corrected a previously-identified misstatement related to the measurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability that was previously corrected as an out-of-period adjustment in fiscal 2012. The correction increased net income in fiscal 2012 by $1.1 million$0.5 million.
The amounts included in Management's Discussion and $1.4 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, includingAnalysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations have been corrected to reflect the impact of $0.4 million recovered, asthe revisions for all periods presented.

33

Table of May 31, 2013, from the insurance related to customer returns. The recorded charges are estimated and based on information available to us when we recorded the charges. We have recovered a portion of the recall-related costs from our product recall insurance and expect to recover additional amounts from our insurance or the third-party flour mill. Recoveries are recorded to offset the charges once recovery is probable. We expect the effects of the voluntary product recall to continue to be reflected in our financial statements over the next few quarters.

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, we restarted the production of our certified organic and made with organic pizza products using flour from an alternative supplier with which we have a long-standing relationship and began shipping replacement product into distributors and retailers in February 2013 in order to replenish retail shelves and inventories. As of April 2013, we have regained a significant portion of our pre-recall distribution but have not fully returned to our pre-recall distribution level.

Business Segments

We have determined that we operate as one segment: the marketing and distribution of natural and organic food products. Our chief executive officer is considered to be our chief operating decision maker. He reviews our operating results on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.

Trends and Other Factors Affecting Our Business

Net Sales

The following trends in our business have driven top-line growth over the past three years:

Contents

our increased penetration of the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels;

our improved placement in the mainstream grocery channel;

our continued innovation, including adding new flavors and sizes to existing lines and introducing new product lines; and

greater consumer demand for natural and organic food products and increasing awareness of the Annie’s brand and our offerings.

Over the past three years, we have significantly increased both the number of retail locations where our products can be found and the number of our products found in individual stores. From time to time, we review our product lines to remove items not meeting our sales or profitability expectations and to make room for new products. We expect that increasing penetration of the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels, combined with greater brand awareness, new product introductions and line extensions and favorable consumer trends, will continue to fuel our sales growth in all channels.

We offer a variety of sales and promotion incentives to our customers and to consumers, such as price discounts, consumer coupons, volume rebates, cooperative marketing programs, slotting fees and in-store displays. Our net sales are periodically influenced by the efficiency of trade promotions and the introduction and discontinuance of sales and promotion incentives. We anticipate that promotional activities will continue to impact our net sales and that changes in such activities will continue to impact period-over-period results.

Gross Profit

Over the past three years, despite increasing volatility in commodity prices, our gross margin has benefited each year from a combination of commodity management practices, productivity improvements, cost reductions in our supply chain and price increases.

We purchase finished products from our contract manufacturers. With an industry-wide commodity cost escalation starting in fiscal 2008, we became more directly involved in the sourcing of the ingredients for our products. This allowed us to consolidate ingredient sourcing across contract manufacturers in order to negotiate more favorable pricing on ingredients and, in some cases, to lock in ingredient pricing for typically six to twelve months through non-cancelable purchase commitments, directly or through contract manufacturers. We have increased the percentage of our cost of sales represented by these contracted ingredients from an estimated 5% in fiscal 2008 to approximately 31% in fiscal 2013. These efforts mitigated the impact of volatile and increasing commodity costs on our business. We plan to continue to expand our portfolio of contracted ingredients and negotiate pricing agreement for future purchases to allow us sufficient time to respond to changes in our ingredient costs over time.

Over the past three years, we have invested significant time and energy to improve gross margins and achieve permanent cost reductions and productivity improvements in our supply chain. These efficiency projects have focused on selecting more cost-effective contract manufacturers, negotiating lower tolling fees, consolidating in-bound freight, leveraging warehouse expense and reducing ingredient and packaging costs through increased volume buys, contract consolidation, direct purchasing and price negotiation. To further drive these initiatives, we plan to selectively invest capital for the purchase of equipment to be used by certain of our contract manufacturers to drive down costs, improve throughput and improve product quality. In fiscal 2013, we invested approximately $1.3 million in manufacturing equipment, which is located at the facilities of our contract manufacturers and remains our property.

Our gross margins have also benefited from the impact of price increases taken over the past three years. We typically effect new pricing to our customers annually or semi-annually. We consider many factors when evaluating pricing action, including cost of sales increases, competitive pricing strategy, elasticity and the price-value equation to our consumers. We have historically been able to execute price increases to cover higher ingredient costs. We believe this is due to our strong brand loyalty and our perceived value relative to competitive products.

Our new product introductions tend to have a lower margin than our established products due to the small initial production run sizes, and if our new product introductions accelerate or reflect a larger percentage of our net sales, this could negatively impact our gross margin.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

We have made significant investments in headcount and infrastructure over the past three years which have resulted in higher selling, general and administrative expenses. In addition, we have incurred higher general and administrative expenses related to operating as a public company. Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales have benefited slightly over the past three years from lower freight and warehousing costs and selling expenses. Marketing expenses have remained relatively flat as a percentage of net sales but are expected to increase in the future as we invest to support new product releases and drive greater brand awareness, attract new customers and increase household penetration.

To support our growth, we continue to increase headcount, particularly in the sales, marketing and innovation departments. This increased headcount will drive higher payroll and employee-related expenses as well as higher stock-based compensation expense. We also continue to invest in product development to support innovation and fuel sales growth and in information technology to increase productivity. We expect our selling, general and administrative expenses to continue to increase in absolute dollars as we incur increased costs related to the growth of our business and our operation as a public company. We expect selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales to decrease slightly over time as sales increase and we lap investments made to support our growth.

Inflation

Inflationary factors, such as increases in the cost of sales and selling, general and administrative expenses, may adversely affect our operating results. Although we do not believe that inflation has had a material impact on our financial position or results of operations to date, a high rate of inflation in the future may have an adverse effect on our ability to maintain current levels of gross margin and selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of net sales if the selling prices of our products do not increase with these increased costs.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth items included in our consolidated statements of operations in dollars and as a percentage of net sales for the periods presented:

   Fiscal Year ended March 31,  % of Net Sales 
   2013  2012  2011  2013  2012  2011 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Net sales

  $169,977   $141,304   $117,616    100.0  100.0  100.0

Cost of sales

   104,566    85,877    71,804    61.5  60.8  61.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Gross profit

   65,411    55,427    45,812    38.5  39.2  39.0

Operating expenses:

       

Selling, general and administrative expenses

   45,461    36,195    30,674    26.7  25.6  26.1

Advisory agreement termination fee

   —      1,300    —      —      0.9  —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Total operating expenses

   45,461    37,495    30,674    26.7  26.5  26.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Income from operations

   19,950    17,932    15,138    11.7  12.7  12.9

Interest expense

   (168  (161  (885  (0.1)%   (0.1)%   (0.8)% 

Other income (expense), net

   87    (1,594  155    0.1  (1.1)%   0.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   19,869    16,177    14,408    11.7  11.4  12.3

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   8,318    6,588    (5,747  4.9  4.7  (4.9)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Net income

  $11,551   $9,589   $20,155    6.8  6.8  17.1
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

    

 Fiscal Year ended March 31, % of Net Sales
 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Net sales$204,104
 $169,472
 $141,481
 100.0%
 100.0%
 100.0%
Cost of sales128,475
 104,566
 85,877
 62.9% 61.7% 60.7 %
Gross profit75,629
 64,906
 55,604
 37.1% 38.3% 39.3 %
Selling, general and administrative expenses49,509
 45,461
 37,790
 24.3% 26.8% 26.7 %
Income from operations26,120
 19,445
 17,814
 12.8% 11.5% 12.6 %
Interest expense(335) (168) (161) (0.2)%
 (0.1)%
 (0.1)%
Other income (expense), net41
 87
 (1,076)  0.0 %
  0.1 %
 (0.8)%
Income before provision for income taxes25,826
 19,364
 16,577
 12.7% 11.4% 11.7 %
 Provision for income taxes10,537
 8,112
 6,541
 5.2% 4.8% 4.6 %
Net income$15,289
 $11,252
 $10,036
 7.5% 6.6% 7.1 %
The following table sets forth net sales by product category in dollars and as a percentage of net sales:

   Fiscal Year ended March 31,   % of Net Sales 
   2013   2012   2011   2013  2012  2011 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Product Categories:

          

Meals

  $79,270    $60,624    $49,168     47  43  42

Snacks

   66,844     56,789     44,687     39  40  38

Dressings, condiments and other

   23,863     23,891     23,761     14  17  20
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total

  $169,977    $141,304    $117,616     100  100  100
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year ended March 31, % of Net Sales
 2014 2013 2012 2014 2013 2012
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Product Categories:           
Meals$99,004
 $79,006
 $60,680
 48% 47% 43%
Snacks79,074
 66,662
 56,868
 39% 39% 40%
Dressings, condiments and other26,026
 23,804
 23,933
 13% 14% 17%
Total$204,104
 $169,472
 $141,481
 100% 100% 100%
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
Our discussion of our results of operations in this Annual Report on Form 10-K includes certain adjusted net sales, gross profit and gross margin figures that exclude the impact of our voluntary product recall of pizza products announced in January 2013.figures. These figures are non-GAAP financial measures. We calculate these non-GAAP figures by eliminating the impact of our January 2013 voluntary product recall and related insurance recoveries, which we do not consider to be indicative of our ongoing operations. We believe these non-GAAP figures provide additional informationmetrics to facilitateevaluate our operations and, when considered with both our GAAP results and the comparisonrelated reconciliation to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, provide a more complete understanding of our pastbusiness than could be obtained absent this disclosure. We use these non-GAAP figures, together with financial measures prepared in accordance with GAAP, to assess our operating performance, to provide meaningful comparisons of operating performance across periods, to enhance our understanding of our core operating performance and present financial resultsto compare our performance to that of our peers and better visibility intocompetitors. We believe that these non-GAAP figures are also useful to investors in assessing the operating performance of our normal operating results by isolatingbusiness without the effectseffect of the voluntary product recall.items described above. These non-GAAP financial measuresfigures are subject to inherent limitation as they reflect the exercise of judgment by management in determining how they are formulated. Further, our computation of these non-GAAP figures is likely to differ from methods used by other companies in computing similarly titled or defined terms, limiting the usefulness of these measures. These non-GAAP figures should not be considered in isolation or as alternatives to GAAP financial measures and investors should not rely on any single financial measure to evaluate our business.


34

Table of Contents

The table below reconciles these non-GAAP figures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measures for the years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013:
 Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2014 Fiscal Year ended March 31, 2013
 Net Sales Gross Profit Net Sales Gross Profit
GAAP financial measures$204,104
 $75,629
 $169,472
 $64,906
Increase / (decrease) of net sales reserve related to product recall(134) (134) 1,446
 1,446
Incremental cost of sales related to product recall
 279
 
 1,080
Recoveries from insurance carrier related to product recall:      
Net sales(937) (937) (350) (350)
Cost of sales
 (907) 
 
Non-GAAP figures$203,033
 $73,930

$170,568

$67,082
Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2014 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013
Net Sales
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 
2014(1)
 
2013(2)
 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Meals$99,004
 $79,006
 $19,998
 25.3%
Snacks79,074
 66,662
 12,412
 18.6%
Dressings, condiments and other26,026
 23,804
 2,222
 9.3%
Net sales$204,104
 $169,472
 $34,632
 20.4%
___________
(1) Net sales for fiscal 2014 included $0.9 million insurance recoveries and $0.1 million of reversal of net sales reserve related to product recall.
(2) Net sales for fiscal 2013 included a $1.4 million reduction in net sales and $0.4 million insurance recoveries related to product recall.
The $34.6 million increase in net sales was largely driven by volume through distribution gains and our mainline placement initiative, primarily impacting mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels. Net sales growth in the natural channel was modest in fiscal 2014, despite double-digit growth in consumption. Higher average selling prices contributed approximately one to two percent to net sales growth, excluding the impact of the pizza recall.
The $20.0 million increase in net sales of meals was predominantly driven by strong growth in natural and gluten-free macaroni and cheese products. Additionally, sales of microwavable cup macaroni and cheese (which was introduced in June 2013) and sales of frozen entrées (which were introduced in August 2013) contributed to the growth. Net sales of meals also benefited by $1.0 million from the insurance recoveries and the reversal of the net sales reserve. The $12.4 million increase in net sales of snacks was primarily due to volume growth in our fruit snacks, cookies, and crackers. The $2.2 million increase in net sales of dressings, condiments and other was primarily driven by volume growth in dressings and condiments.
Excluding the impact of our voluntary product recall, our net sales would have increased $32.4 million, or 19.0%, to $203.0 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014 compared to $170.6 million in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.
Gross Profit
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2014 2013 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Cost of sales$128,475
 $104,566
 $23,909
 22.9%
Gross profit$75,629
 $64,906
 $10,723
 16.5%
Gross margin %37.1% 38.3%    
The $10.7 million increase in gross profit was primarily driven by higher net sales and the impact of our voluntary product recall, partially offset by higher commodity costs and increased inventory obsolescence.

35


The 1.2 percentage point decrease in gross margin percentage is attributable to higher commodity costs primarily due to inflation in the cost of organic wheat, the impact of inventory obsolescence, and customer and product mix changes partially offset by higher selling prices and efficiency gains. The increase in inventory obsolescence cost of $1.4 million was primarily due to finished goods mainly driven by new products introduction ramp up and contract manufacturer transitions.
Excluding the impact of the voluntary product recall, our gross profit would have increased $6.8 million to $73.9 million in fiscal 2014 from $67.1 million in fiscal 2013, and gross margin percentage would have decreased 2.9 percentage points to 36.4% in fiscal 2014 from 39.3% in fiscal 2013.
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (SG&A)
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2014 2013 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
SG&A$49,509
 $45,461
 $4,048
 8.9%
SG&A as a percentage of net sales24.3% 26.8%    
The $4.0 million increase in SG&A expenses was primarily due to a $2.0 million increase in payroll expense resulting from increased headcount, a $1.6 million increase in sales and marketing and a $1.4 million increase in freight and warehousing costs to support our growth. These increases were partially offset by a decrease of $0.4 million in legal, consulting and other administrative costs. As a percentage of net sales, SG&A decreased 2.5 percentage points due to overall leverage resulting from strong net sales growth.
Interest Expense
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2014 2013 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Interest expense$(335) $(168) $(167) 99.4%
Interest expense increased $167 thousand in fiscal 2014 compared to the prior fiscal year due to higher fees under our revolving credit facility, which was increased from $20.0 million to $40.0 million in March 2013.
Provision for income taxes
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2014 2013 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Provision for income taxes$10,537
 $8,112
 $2,425
 29.9%
Effective tax rate40.8% 41.9%    
The decrease in effective tax rate in fiscal 2014 was primarily due to a $0.9 million reduction of a permanent tax difference related to nondeductible secondary offerings costs compared to fiscal 2013, which was partially offset by an increase in the state effective income tax rate.


36


Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012

Net Sales
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 
2013 (1)
 2012 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Meals$79,006
 $60,680
 $18,326
 30.2 %
Snacks66,662
 56,868
 9,794
 17.2 %
Dressings, condiments and other23,804
 23,933
 (129) (0.5)%
Net sales$169,472
 $141,481
 $27,991
 19.8 %
_________

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,   Change 
   2013   2012   $  % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Meals

  $79,270    $60,624    $18,646    30.8

Snacks

   66,844     56,789     10,055    17.7

Dressings, condiments and other

   23,863     23,891     (28  (0.1)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net sales

  $169,977    $141,304    $28,673    20.3
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Net sales increased $28.7 million, or 20.3%, to $170.0 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $141.3 million in fiscal 2012.

(1) Net sales for the fiscal 2013 included a $1.1$1.4 million reduction in net of recovery from insurance ofsales and $0.4 million as of May 31, 2013, dueinsurance recoveries related to voluntary recall of our certified organic and made with organic pizza products. product recall.
The $28.0 million increase in net sales increase was primarily driven by volume with approximately 300 basis pointsthree percent of growth driven by higher average selling prices. Distribution gains and our mainline placement initiative contributed to the volume increase, primarily impacting mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels.

Net sales in fiscal 2013 also included a $1.4 million reduction in net sales and $0.4 million insurance recoveries related to the voluntary recall of our certified organic and made with organic pizza products.

The increase in net sales reflects an $18.6reflected increases of $18.3 million and a $10.1$9.8 million increase in net sales of meals and snacks, respectively. The increase in meals was predominantly driven by strong growth in natural macaroni and cheese products. The increase in snacks was primarily due to growth in our fruit snacks, mixed snacks, grahams, crackers and snack mix product lines. The dressings, condiments and other category remained flatdecreased slightly in fiscal 2013, reflecting high single digit growth in dressings offset by the discontinuance of our cereal line in fiscal 2012.

Excluding the impact of our voluntary product recall, our net sales would have increased $29.8$29.1 million, or 21.1%20.6%, to $171.1$170.6 million during fiscal 2013 compared to $141.3$141.5 million during fiscal 2012.

Gross Profit

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2013  2012  $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Cost of sales

  $104,566   $85,877   $18,689     21.8
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Gross profit

  $65,411   $55,427   $9,984     18.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Gross margin %

   38.5  39.2   
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Gross profit increased $10.0

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2013 2012 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Cost of sales$104,566
 $85,877
 $18,689
 21.8%
Gross profit$64,906
 $55,604
 $9,302
 16.7%
Gross margin %38.3% 39.3%    
The $9.3 million or 18.0%, to $65.4 million in fiscal 2013 from $55.4 million in fiscal 2012. The increase in gross profit was primarily driven by the increase in net sales, partially offset by the negative impact of the product recall.

Gross margin decreased 0.7

The 1.0 percentage points to 38.5% in fiscal 2013 from 39.2% in fiscal 2012. Thepoint decrease in gross margin ispercentage was primarily attributable to a $1.1 million reduction in net sales and a $1.1 million increase in cost of sales associated with our January 2013 voluntary product recall. The estimated costs associated with the voluntary product recall included a finished goods inventory write-off of $0.5 million, and raw material and work-in-process charges and associated production costs incurred by our contract manufacturers of $0.6 million.

Excluding the impact of the voluntary product recall, our gross profit would have increased $12.2$11.5 million or 21.9%, to $67.6$67.1 million for fiscal 2013 from $55.4$55.6 million for fiscal 2012 and gross margin percentage would have increased 0.3 percentage points to 39.5% from 39.2% during fiscal 2013 compared to fiscal 2012 due to higher average selling prices and the cumulative benefit of various cost reduction initiatives, which were partially offset by higher commodity costs.

Operating Expenses

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,   Change 
   2013   2012   $  % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Operating expenses:

       

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  $45,461    $36,195    $9,266    25.6

Advisory agreement termination fee

   —       1,300     (1,300  nm  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

Total operating expenses

  $45,461    $37,495    $7,966    21.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

remained flat at 39.3%.

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses (SG&A)
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2013 
2012 (1)
 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
SG&A$45,461
 $37,790
 $7,671
 20.3%
SG&A as a percentage of net sales26.8% 26.7%    
_________

Selling, general and administrative

(1) SG&A for the fiscal 2012 included a one-time fee of $1.3 million to Solera in connection with the termination of its advisory services agreement with us.

37


The $7.7 million increase in SG&A expenses increased $9.3 million, or 25.6%, to $45.5 million in fiscal 2013, from $36.2 million in fiscal 2012. This increase was primarily due primarily to an increase in payroll expense resulting from increased headcount to support our growth and operations as a public company. Additionally, public company-related expenses impacted selling, general and administrative expensesSG&A during fiscal 2013 compared with fiscal 2012. Further, during fiscal 2013, we incurred $1.2 million for legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and sale of common stock sold by certain stockholders, including Solera, in connection with two secondary public offerings. We did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders in these secondary public offerings. Selling, general and administrative expensesSG&A during fiscal 2013 also included $0.2 million administrative costs associated with the voluntary product recall. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses increased 1.1 percentage points to 26.7% in fiscal 2013 from 25.6% in fiscal 2012.

Advisory Agreement Termination Fee

In fiscal 2012, we incurred a one-time fee of $1.3 million to Solera in connection with the termination of its advisory services agreement with us.

Income from Operations

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2013  2012  $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Income from operations

  $19,950   $17,932   $2,018     11.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Income from operations as a percentage of net sales

   11.7  12.7   

As a result of the factors above, income from operations increased $2.0 million, or 11.3%, to $20.0 million in fiscal 2013 from $18.0 million in fiscal 2012. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales decreased 1.0 percentage points to 11.7% in fiscal 2013, from 12.7% in fiscal 2012.

Interest Expense

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2013  2012  $  % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Interest expense

  $(168 $(161 $(7  4.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2013 2012 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Interest expense$(168) $(161) $(7) nm
Interest expense during fiscal 2013 primarily related to non-cash imputed interest expense related to the financing of product formulas acquired in fiscal 2012. Interest expense during fiscal 2012 consisted of expense related to borrowings under our revolving line of credit.

Other Income (Expense), Net

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2013   2012  $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Other income (expense), net

  $87    $(1,594 $1,681     nm  
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2013 2012 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Other income (expense), net$87
 $(1,076) $1,163
 nm
Other income (expense), net during fiscal 2013 primarily reflects royalty income. Other income (expense), net during fiscal 2012 primarily reflects a non-recurring, non-cash charge of $1.7$1.2 million related to the increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability partially offset by royalty income.

Provision for Income Taxes

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2013  2012  $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Provision for income taxes

  $8,318   $6,588   $1,730     26.3
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Effective tax rate

   41.9  40.7   

Our provision for income taxes was $8.3 million in fiscal 2013 compared to $6.6 million in fiscal 2012. Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2013 was 41.9% compared to 40.7% for fiscal 2012.

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, Change
 2013 2012 $ %
 (in thousands, except for percentages)
Provision for income taxes$8,112
 $6,541
 $1,571
 24.0%
Effective tax rate41.9% 39.5%    
The higher effective tax rate in fiscal 2013 reflects a permanent tax difference resulting from $1.2 million in nondeductible secondary offerings costs incurred in fiscal 2013.

Net Income

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,   Change 
   2013   2012   $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Net income

  $11,551    $9,589    $1,962     20.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

As a result of the factors above, net income increased $2.0 million, or 20.5%, to $11.6 million in fiscal 2013 from $9.6 million in fiscal 2012.

Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012 Compared to Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2011

Net Sales

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,   Change 
   2012   2011   $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Meals

  $60,624    $49,168    $11,456     23.3

Snacks

   56,789     44,687     12,102     27.1

Dressings, condiments and other

   23,891     23,761     130     0.5
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net sales

  $141,304    $117,616    $23,688     20.1
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Net sales increased $23.7 million, or 20.1%, to $141.3 million in fiscal 2012 compared to $117.6 million in fiscal 2011. This increase primarily reflects a $12.1 million and an $11.5 million increase in net sales of snacks and meals, respectively. The increase in meals was driven by strong growth in the macaroni and cheese product line partially offset by lower sales of pasta meals due to reduced offerings. The dressings, condiments and other

held relatively flat across each category. Distribution gains also contributed to net sales growth, primarily in the mainstream grocery and mass merchandiser channels. The net sales increase was primarily driven by volume combined with slightly higher average selling prices to offset rising commodity costs.

Gross Profit

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2012  2011  $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Cost of sales

  $85,877   $71,804   $14,073     19.6
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Gross profit

  $55,427   $45,812   $9,615     21.0
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Gross margin %

   39.2  39.0   
  

 

 

  

 

 

    

Gross profit increased $9.6 million, or 21.0%, to $55.4 million in fiscal 2012 from $45.8 million in fiscal 2011. Gross margin increased 0.2 percentage points to 39.2% in fiscal 2012, from 39.0% in fiscal 2011. The increase in net sales was the primary driver of the increase in gross profit. Cost reduction initiatives also contributed to the higher gross profit, although to a lesser extent than higher net sales. Higher commodity and other cost of sales were offset by price increases and cost reduction initiatives, primarily the negotiation of lower tolling fees from a key contract manufacturer.

Operating Expenses

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,   Change 
   2012   2011   $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Operating expenses:

        

Selling, general and administrative expenses

  $36,195    $30,674    $5,521     18.0

Advisory agreement termination fee

   1,300     —       1,300     nm  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Total operating expenses

  $37,495    $30,674    $6,821     22.2
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses increased $5.5 million, or 18.0%, to $36.2 million in fiscal 2012, from $30.7 million in fiscal 2011. This increase was due primarily to a $1.6 million increase in wages and salary expense, due to increasing headcount to support our growth, and a $1.1 million increase in professional services due to increased spending on legal, accounting and auditing services in connection with our preparation to become a public company. As a percentage of net sales, selling, general and administrative expenses decreased 0.5 percentage points to 25.6% in fiscal 2012, from 26.1% in fiscal 2011.

Advisory Agreement Termination Fee

We paid a one-time fee of $1.3 million to Solera upon consummation of our IPO in connection with the termination of its advisory services agreement with us.

Income from Operations

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2012  2011  $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Income from operations

  $17,932   $15,138   $2,794     18.5
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Income from operations as a percentage of net sales

   12.7  12.9   

As a result of the factors above, income from operations increased $2.8 million, or 18.5%, to $17.9 million in fiscal 2012, from $15.1 million in fiscal 2011. Income from operations as a percentage of net sales decreased 0.2 percentage points to 12.7% in fiscal 2012, from 12.9% in fiscal 2011.

Interest Expense

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2012  2011  $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Interest expense

  $(161 $(885 $724     nm  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Interest expense decreased $0.7 million to $0.2 million in fiscal 2012 from $0.9 million in fiscal 2011. The decrease in interest expense was primarily due to lower interest expense resulting from repayment of the term loan in August 2010 and decreased average borrowings on our credit facility during fiscal 2012 offset by higher interest rates in fiscal 2012.

Other Income (Expense), Net

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,   Change 
   2012  2011   $  % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Other income (expense), net

  $(1,594 $155    $(1,749  nm  
  

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

Other income (expense), net increased $1.8 million to $1.6 million in expense in fiscal 2012 from $0.2 million in income in fiscal 2011. Other income (expense), net primarily reflects a non-recurring, non-cash charge of $1.7 million related to the increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability offset by royalty income.

Provision for (Benefit from) Income Taxes

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,  Change 
   2012  2011  $   % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  $6,588   $(5,747 $12,335     nm  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

   

Effective tax rate

   40.7  (39.9)%    

Our provision for income taxes was $6.6 million in fiscal 2012 compared to a benefit of $5.7 million in fiscal 2011. The benefit in fiscal 2011 was the result of a reversal of our valuation allowance on net deferred tax assets of $11.3 million net of a provision for income taxes related to earnings for the period.

As of March 31, 2010, we recorded a valuation allowance for the full amount of the net deferred tax assets as we had assessed our cumulative loss position and determined that the future benefits were not more likely than not to be realized as of these dates. Due to our profitability during fiscal 2011 and projected operating results, we determined during fiscal 2011 that it was more likely than not that the deferred tax assets would be realized, and we therefore released substantially all of the valuation allowance. This resulted in our recording a tax benefit during fiscal 2011.

Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 was 40.7% and differs from the federal statutory rate primarily due to state income taxes and the impact of a significant permanent tax difference resulting from a $1.7 million non-cash charge in fiscal 2012 due to an increase in the fair value of our convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The effective tax rate for fiscal 2012 is not comparable to the rate for fiscal 2011 primarily due to the valuation allowance reversal recorded in fiscal 2011.

Net Income

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,   Change 
   2012   2011   $  % 
   (in thousands, except for percentages) 

Net income

  $9,589    $20,155    $(10,566  (52.4)% 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

  

As a result of the factors above, net income decreased $10.6 million, or 52.4%, to $9.6 million in fiscal 2012 from $20.2 million in fiscal 2011.

Seasonality

Historically, we have experienced greater net sales in the second and fourth fiscal quarters than in the first and third fiscal quarters due to our customers’ merchandising and promotional activities around the back-to-school and spring seasons. Concurrently, inventory levels and working capital requirements increase during the first and third fiscal quarters of each fiscal year to support higher levels of net sales in the subsequent quarters. We anticipate that this seasonal impact on our net sales and working capital is likely to continue. In fiscal 2013, 27.5% and 31.0% of our net sales, 27.4% and 31.6% of our gross profit and 31.9% and 38.4% of our operating income were generated in the second and fourth fiscal quarters, respectively. Accordingly, our results of operations for any particular quarter are not indicative of the results we expect for the full year.

Selected Quarterly Financial Data

The following quarterly consolidated statement of operations data for the eight fiscal quarters ended March 31, 2013 has been prepared on a basis consistent with our audited annual consolidated financial statements and includes, in the opinion of management, all normal recurring adjustments necessary for a fair statement of the financial information contained herein. The following quarterly data should be read together with our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

  Fiscal Year 2013  Fiscal Year 2012 
  Mar. 31,
2013
  Dec. 31,
2012
  Sept. 30
2012
  June 30,
2012
  Mar. 31,
2012
  Dec. 31,
2011
  Sept. 30
2011
  June 30,
2011
 
  (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts) 

Net Sales

 $52,715   $36,283   $46,686   $34,293   $42,984   $30,838   $38,872   $28,610  

Cost of sales

  32,027    23,267    28,786    20,486    25,843    18,275    24,737    17,022  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

  20,688    13,016    17,900    13,807    17,141    12,563    14,135    11,588  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  7,587    2,320    6,357    3,605    3,591    3,734    6,069    2,783  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

 $4,234   $1,401   $3,785   $2,131   $1,929   $2,232   $3,616   $1,812  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income per share attributable to common stockholders

 $4,234   $1,401   $3,785   $2,131   $58   $69   $107   $54  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income per share attributable to common stockholders—Basic

 $0.25   $0.08   $0.22   $0.13   $0.12   $0.15   $0.23   $0.12  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net Income per share attributable to common stockholders—Diluted

 $0.24   $0.08   $0.21   $0.12   $0.05   $0.07   $0.11   $0.04  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders—Basic

  17,262,253    17,249,536    17,070,327    16,936,007    474,781    471,554    465,045    464,994  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders—Diluted

  17,724,131    17,781,720    17,702,516    17,600,908    1,160,185    1,037,657    1,018,359    1,236,410  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2013, we recorded a $124,000 for reversal of excess net sales reserved, a $350,000 for recovery from insurance, a $390,000 for incremental cost of sales and $171,000 for administrative costs associated with the January 2013 voluntary product recall. Additionally, in the third quarter of fiscal 2013, we recorded $1,570,000 for reduction in net sales and $690,000 for incremental costs of sales associated with the January 2013 voluntary product recall.

In the fourth and second quarters of fiscal 2013, we recorded $535,000 and $704,000 for secondary offering costs, respectively.

In the first quarter of fiscal 2013, and the fourth, second and first quarters of fiscal 2012, we recorded non-cash charges of $13,000, $1,188,000, $20,000, and $518,000, respectively, due to the increase in fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant.

In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2012, we recorded a one-time fee of $1,300,000 to Solera in connection with the termination of its advisory services agreement with us.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

   March 31, 
   2013   2012 
   (in thousands) 

Cash

  $4,930    $562  

Accounts receivable, net

   20,015     11,870  

Accounts payable

   4,342     861  

Related-party payable

   —       1,305  

Accrued liabilities

   12,021     7,452  

Working capital(1)

   31,925     16,427  

(1)Working capital consists of total current assets less total current liabilities

Our primary cash needs are working capital and capital expenditures. Historically, we have generally financed these needs with cash fromprovided by operations and borrowings under our credit facility. We typically take advantage of accelerated payment discounts offered to us by our vendors and contract manufacturers, usually 1% for net-10 payment.

Our principal sources of liquidity are our cash and accounts receivable. Our cash balance increased by $4.4$12.4 million during fiscal 2013.2014. In fiscal 2013,2014, we generated $8.7$17.2 million cash from operations. Our working capital was $31.9 million at March 31, 2013, an increase of $15.5 million from $16.4 million at the end of fiscal 2012. The increase was due primarily to an increase in accounts receivable of $8.1 million, an increase in inventory of $4.9 million, a decrease in related-party payable of $1.3 million, offset by an increase in accrued liabilities of $4.6 million and an increase in accounts payable of $3.5 million.

We have a credit facility with Bank of America, N.A., which provides for revolving loans and letters of credit up to $40.0 million and is available to us through August 2016. We have historically generated cash from our operations, however, there can be no assurance that our operations will continue to generate cash flows in the future. We use cash generated from our operations to fund our ongoing operations including business expansion and growth. We believe that our cash, cash flow from operating activities and available borrowings under our credit facility will be sufficient to meet our capital requirements for at least the next twelve months.

In fiscal 2013,2014, we invested approximately $2.8$1.6 million in property and equipment and on April 2, 2014, we funded our acquisition of the Joplin Plant with approximately $7.4 million in cash on hand and restricted cash of $0.3 million deposited previously in an escrow account. In fiscal 20142015 we expect our capital expenditures to be approximately $2.5$5.0 million to $3.0$7.0 million.

The following table sets forth, for the periods indicated, our beginning balance


38


Cash Flows from Operating Activities.

OurActivities

Net cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2014 was $17.2 million, compared to $8.7 million in fiscal 2013 and $1.3 million in fiscal 2012.
Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2014 included net income of $15.3 million, which included non-cash charges of $1.5 million for depreciation and amortization, and $0.5 million for stock-based compensation, and a $2.8 million increase in accounts payable which was used to fund the increase in inventory. Uses of cash included an increase of $3.3 million in inventory to support growing sales.
Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2013 providedof $8.7 million of cashwas primarily due to our net income of $11.6$11.3 million, which included non-cash charges totaling $2.8$2.5 million, comprised primarily of a $1.1 million for depreciation and amortization and a $1.1 million for stock-based compensation, a $0.5 million increase in inventory reserves due to inventory write-off associated with the product recall and a $0.1 million in accretion of imputed interest on purchase of product formulas.compensation. Changes in operating assets and liabilities provided an additional $2.2$3.1 million of net cash, which primarily comprised of a $8.3$8.2 million increase in accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities, a $3.9 million increase in income tax receivable, a $3.4 million increase in accounts payable and a $1.5 million increase in prepaid expenses, other current and non-current assets offset by a $8.1$7.6 million increase in accounts receivable, a $5.4$4.9 million increase in inventory and a $1.3 million decrease in related-party payable, resulting from the termination of our advisory services agreement with Solera upon consummation of our IPO. These increases in cash were offset by the excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation of $8.1 million. The increase in accrued expenses was driven by the purchases of inventory, which had been received as of March 31, 2013 but not yet invoiced. The increase in income tax receivable was attributable to “excess” tax benefit from stock option exercises, which resulted in minimal cash payments of only $0.2 million for income taxes during fiscal 2013. The increase in accounts payable was related to the timing of invoices received and increased inventory levels in fiscal 2013 driven by volume. The increase in accounts receivable was related to larger volume of net sales towards the year end.

Ourend due to Easter timing.

Cash provided by operating activities in fiscal 2012 providedof $1.3 million of cash,was primarily due to our net income of $9.6$10.0 million offset by a decrease in accounts payable of $9.5 million and an increase in accounts receivable, net of $2.9$3.1 million. The decrease in accounts payable was a result of paying down outstanding vendor balances that remained unpaid at fiscal year end.2011 year-end. The higher accounts receivable was driven by year-over-year net sales growth. We also had net non-cash charges of $3.7$3.0 million, which included $1.7$1.2 million due to an increase in the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability.

Our operating activities in fiscal 2011 provided $18.2 million of cash, primarily due to our net income of $20.2 million. We also had net non-cash items of $3.3 million, which included a $7.1 million increase in deferred tax assets and a $2.5 million increase in trade discount allowances.

Cash Flows from Investing Activities.

In fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011,Activities

Net cash used in investing activities was $1.9 million, $2.8 million and $3.5 million in fiscal 2014, 2013 and $0.9 million,2012, respectively, which was primarily related to purchases of property and equipment. In fiscal 2013, our $2.8 million investment in property and equipment included $1.3 million in manufacturing equipment, which is located at the facilities of our contract manufacturers and remains our property, and $1.0 million in construction projects at our headquarters to create additional office space.

capital expenditures.

Cash Flows from Financing Activities.

InActivities

Net cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2014 was $2.9 million, compared to $1.6 million in fiscal 2013 cashand $4.5 million in fiscal 2012.
Cash used byin financing activities totaled $1.6in fiscal 2014 included $7.0 million which comprised of:

in net repayments against our credit facility with funds generated from operations. Offsetting this outflow were cash proceeds of $2.0 million from exercises of stock options and $2.1 million of excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation.

$19.1Cash used in financing activities in fiscal 2013 included $19.1 million paid to Solera for repurchase of common stock;

net pay down ofstock and $5.8 million ofin net repayments against our credit facility;

facility. Offsetting these cash outflows were $11.1 million of net proceeds of $11.1 million received from common shares issued in the IPO, net of issuance costs;

costs, cash proceeds of $4.1 million from exercises of stock options and $8.1 million of excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation of $8.1 million; and

compensation.

proceeds of $4.1 million received from exercises of stock options.

InCash used in financing activities in fiscal 2012 our financing activities used cash of $4.5 million, which primarily consisted ofincluded $13.6 million in dividend payments and $3.4 million in payments of initial public offering costs partially offset by proceeds ofcosts. Offsetting these cash outflows was $12.8 million fromin net borrowings under our credit facility.

In fiscal 2011, our financing activities used cash of $18.6 million and consisted primarily of $12.5 million in dividend payments and $6.0 million term loan repayment.

Indebtedness

On August 25, 2010, we entered into an amended and restated bank line of credit agreement with Bank of America, N.A., as lender.

In December 2011, we entered into a second amended and restated credit facilityloan agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N. A. that, among other things, provided total borrowing availability offor an increase in our revolving credit facility to $20.0 million and aan extension of the term through August 2014. OnIn March 7, 2013, we entered into an amendmentamended the Credit Agreement to the second amended and restated credit facility that providedprovide for, among other things, an increase in our line ofthe credit facility to $40.0 million and an extension of the term through August 2016. OurOn November 5, 2013, we amended second amendedour Credit Agreement to provide for, among other things, consent for us to create a limited liability company and restatedguarantee performance of the limited liability company in the event and to the extent we

39


assign to the limited liability company any of our rights or obligations under the Purchase Agreement dated November 5, 2013 among us, Safeway Inc. and Safeway Australia Holdings, LLC (see Note 18). Additionally, the amendment provides for the issuance of letters of credit facility is referredand revises our certain covenants and representations and warranties under the Credit Agreement. In connection with this amendment, Annie’s Baking, LLC, became a party to herein as the credit facility.Credit Agreement pursuant to a Joinder Agreement dated November 22, 2013. The credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of our assets.

We may select from three interest rate options for borrowings under the credit facility: (i) LIBOR (as defined in the credit facility) plus 1.25%, (ii) IBOR (as defined in the credit facility) plus 1.25% or (iii) Prime Rate (as each such term is defined in the credit facility)Credit Agreement). The interest rate was 1.5% as of March 31, 2013. We are required to pay a commitment fee on the unused credit facility commitments, if the outstanding balance is less than half the commitment, at an annual rate of betweenranging from 0.25% to 0.40%, tiered depending on ourthe utilization rate. TheAs of March 31, 2014, there were no amounts outstanding under our credit facility with borrowing availability of $40.0 million.
The Credit Agreement contains restrictions on, among other things, our ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions and make investments and loans. The credit facilityCredit Agreement also limits our ability to make capital expenditures in excess of $15.0 million. The credit facilityCredit Agreement requires that we maintain a Funded Debt (as defined in the credit facility) to Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit facility) ratio of not more than 2.75 to 1.0 and a minimum Net Worth (as defined in the credit facility) equal to at least $50.0 million, plus 30% of earnings after taxes earned each quarter (if positive), beginning with the June 2013 quarterly earnings from(as each such term is defined in the first quarter of fiscal 2014. As of March 31, 2013, we had approximately $7.0 million outstanding under our credit facility with additional borrowing availability of $33.0 millionCredit Agreement). The Credit Agreement requires us to submit interim and annual financial statements by specified dates after each reporting period. We were in compliance with allthe covenants under the credit facility.

In March 2008, we entered into a loan and security agreement for a term loan with Hercules Technology II, L.P., or Hercules. Asas of March 31, 2010, we had $6.0 million in total borrowings under the term loan. The term loan was repaid in August 2010. In connection with the term loan, we granted to the lender a warrant to purchase 65,000 shares of our Series A 2005 convertible preferred stock at an exercise price of $10.00 per share. The warrant was scheduled to expire on the earlier of 10 years from the date of issuance or five years after our IPO. Upon the consummation of the IPO, the warrant became a warrant to purchase common stock. Pursuant to the terms of the warrant, the stock dividend we effected altered the number of shares issuable upon the exercise of the warrant2014 and as a result, 80,560 shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of the warrant at an exercise price of $8.07. On April 12, 2012, Hercules exercised the warrant in full using the net issuance method permitted under its terms. As a result, we issued Hercules 63,193 shares of common stock.

2013.

Contractual Obligations and Commitments

The following table summarizes our contractual obligations as of March 31, 2013:

   Payments Due by Period 
   Total   Less Than
One Year
   1-3 Years   3-5 Years   More than
Five Years
 
   (in thousands) 

Rent obligations(1)

  $3,727    $601    $1,261    $1,279    $ 586  

Equipment lease obligations(2)

   144     32     60     52     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total operating lease obligations

   3,871     633     1,321     1,331     586  

Purchase commitments(3)

   10,396     10,254     142     —       —    

Product formula obligations(4)

   1,850     150     300     1,400     —    

Warehousing overheads obligations(5)

   450     200     250     —       —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $16,567    $11,237    $2,013    $2,731    $586  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

2014:
 Payments Due by Period
 Total 
Less Than
One Year
 1-3 Years 3-5 Years 
More than
Five Years
 
 (in thousands)
Rent obligations(1)$3,154
 $646
 $1,283
 $1,225
 $
Equipment lease obligations(2)133
 37
 73
 23
 
Total operating lease obligations3,287
 683

1,356

1,248


Purchase commitments(3)20,413
 20,263
 150
 
 
Product formula obligations(4)1,700
 150
 300
 1,250
 
Warehousing overhead obligations(5)250
 200
 50
 
 
Total$25,650
 $21,296
 $1,856
 $2,498
 $
(1)We lease approximately 33,500 square feet of space that houses our corporate headquarters and a storage area at 1610 Fifth Street, Berkeley, California pursuant to a lease agreement or Lease that was originally scheduled to expireexpires in February 2016. In September 2012, we entered into an amendment to the Lease and extended the initial term of the lease for three additional years to February 2019. The lease includes a provision to adjust the rent for the additionalfinal three years and provides that the rent will be equal to 95% of the then fair market rental rate for the property, however,provided, the monthly rent payable will not be less than the monthly rent payable during the immediately preceding month of the initial term. The landlord is required to deliver to us a notice of the fair market rental rate for the property no later than August 1, 2015. The table above assumes rent for the additionalfinal three years under the lease at the monthly rental rate applicable to last month’s rate of the original Lease.lease agreement.
(2)We lease equipment under non-cancelable operating leases. These leases expire at various dates through 2019, excluding extensions at our option, and contain provisions for rental adjustments.
(3)We have non-cancelable purchase commitments, directly or through contract manufacturers, to purchase ingredients and packaging materials to be used in the future to manufacture products.
(4)This represents our obligation, to one of our contract manufacturers, for the purchase of product formulas. Of these amounts, $1.1 million is included inThe total liabilities in our consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2013.2014, included $1.1 million of these amounts on a discounted basis.
(5)We have an agreement with our contract warehousing company to pay minimum overhead fees through June 2015.


Off-balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements or any holdings in variable interest entities.


40


Indemnifications
In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts that contain a variety of representations and provide for general indemnifications. Our exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against us in the future but have not yet been made. We have not paid any significant claims or been required to defend any action related to our indemnification obligations, and, accordingly, we believe that the estimated fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal and have not accrued any amounts for these obligations.
Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K have been prepared in accordance with GAAP.accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. To prepare these financial statements, we must make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, sales, costs and expenses. We base our estimates on historical expenses and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Changes in the accounting estimates are likely to occur from period to period. Actual results could be significantly different from these estimates. We believe that the accounting policies discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these policies relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgment and estimates.

Recently Issued Accounting Standard
On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued a new financial accounting standard on revenue from contracts with customers. The standard outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and supersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. The accounting standard is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. We are currently evaluating the impact of this accounting standard.
Sales Recognition

Sales of our products are recognized

We recognize sales when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists,we have a contract or purchase order from a customer with a fixed price, the price is fixed or determinable, ownershiptitle and risk of loss have been transferredtransfers to the customerbuyer either upon delivery to or pick up of products by the customer and therecollectability is a reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds.reasonably assured. Generally, we

extend credit to our retailers and distributors and do not require collateral. Our payment terms are typically net-30 with a discount for net-10 payment. We recognize sales net of estimated sales and promotion incentives, slotting, customer discounts and spoils. We have entered into contracts with various retailers granting an allowance for spoils and damaged products. Evaluating these estimated returns and collectability assumptionsestimates requires management judgment, and if our assumptions are not correct, our sales, cost of sales and net income would be impacted.

Sales and Promotion Incentives

We offer a variety of sales and promotion incentives to our customers and to consumers, such as price discounts, consumer coupons, volume rebates, cooperative marketing programs (including trade advertising), slotting fees and in-store displays. The costs of these activities are recognized at the time the related sales are recorded and are classified as a reduction of sales.sales, other than trade advertising, which is recorded in SG&A. The recognition of the costs of these programs involves judgments related to performance and redemption rates, which are made based on historical experience. Actual expenses may differ if redemption rates and performance vary from our estimates. Differences between estimated sales and promotion incentive costs and actual costs are recognized as a change in sales and promotion incentive accrual in a subsequent period.

Product Recall

We establish reserves for product recalls on a product-specific basis when circumstances giving rise to the recall becomedifference becomes known. When establishing reserves for a product recall, we consider cost estimates for any fees and incentives to customers for their effort to return the product, freight and destruction charges for returned products, warehouse and inspection fees, repackaging materials, point-of-sale materials and other costs including costs incurred by contract manufacturers. Additionally, we estimate product returns from consumers and customers across distribution channels, utilizing third-party data and other assumptions. These factors are updated and reevaluated each period and the related reserves are adjusted when these factors indicate that the recall reserves are either insufficient to cover or exceed the estimated product recall expenses.

Significant changes in the assumptions used to develop estimates for product recall reserves could affect key financial information, including accounts receivable, inventory, accrued liabilities, net sales, gross profit, operating expenses and net income. In addition, estimating product recall reserves requires a high degree of judgment in areas such as estimating consumer returns, shelf and in-stock inventory at retailers across distribution channels, fees and incentives to be earned by customers for their effort to return the products, future freight rates and consumers’ claims.

Inventories

Our inventory is comprised of finished goods, raw materials and work-in-process, and is valued at the lower of the cost and the current estimated market value of the inventory. We regularly review our inventory quantities on hand and adjust inventory values for finished goods expected to be non-saleable due to age. We also make provisions for ingredients and packaging that are slow moving and at risk to become obsolete. Additionally, our estimates of product demand and market value require management judgment that may significantly affect the ending inventory valuation, as well as gross profit.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Management must exercise judgment in assessing whether or not circumstances require a formal evaluation of the recoverability of our long-lived assets. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized in the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. These estimates involve inherent

uncertainties, and the measurement of the recoverability of the cost of a potentially impaired asset is dependent on the accuracy of the assumptions used in making the estimates and how these estimates compare to our future operating performance. There have been no impairments of long-lived assets in fiscal 2013, 2012 or 2011.

Goodwill

For accounting purposes, we have one reporting unit, which is the whole company. Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Triggering events that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset or significant decrease in expected cash flows at the reporting unit. In our annual impairment evaluation, we first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of our sole reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The qualitative factors assessed by us included our assessment of any adverse changes in legal factors or business climate, unanticipated competition, a loss of key personnel and/or an adverse action or assessment by a regulator. Additionally, we considered macroeconomic conditions including general deterioration in general economic conditions, limitations on accessing capital, industry and market conditions, cost factors, our overall financial performance and share price of our common stock. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process and is tested at our sole reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test is performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. We estimate the fair value of our reporting unit using a discounted cash flow approach. This evaluation requires use of internal business plans that are based on our judgments and estimates regarding future economic conditions, product demand and pricing, costs, inflation rates and discount rates, among other factors. These judgments and estimates involve inherent uncertainties, and the measurement of the fair value is dependent on the accuracy of the assumptions used in making the estimates and how those estimates compare to our future operating performance.

Stock-Based Compensation

We record stock-based compensation expense for equity-based awards over the required service period byof the recipient based on the grant date fair value of the award. The fair value of restricted stock units and performance share units is determined based on the number of units granted and the closing price of the Company’s common stock as of the grant date. Additionally, stock-based compensation related to performance share units reflects the estimated probable outcome at the end of the performance period. The fair value of options is determined as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. We recognize the fair value of each award as an expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, generally the vesting period of the equity grant. The benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation costs are reported as a credit to additional paid-in capital, but only when such excess tax benefits are realized by a reduction to current taxes payable.


41


The valuation model for stock compensation expense requires us to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding), the volatility of our common stock and an assumed-risk-free interest rate and the estimated forfeitures of unvested stock options. The following table summarizes the variables used to determine the fair value of stock options:

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
   2013  2012  2011

Expected term (in years)

  5.2  5.2—6.9  N/A

Expected volatility

  39.8%—40.8%  41%—42%  N/A

Risk-free interest rate

  0.8%—1.1%  1.1%—3.1%  N/A

Dividend yield

  0%  0%  N/A

Fair Value of Common Stock

Under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options is defined as the closing price of our common stock on the date of the grant.

Prior to our IPO, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options had historically been determined by our board of directors. Because there had been no public market for our common stock prior to our listing on the NYSE, our board of directors determined the fair value of our common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors, including valuations of comparable companies, sales of our convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, our operating and financial performance and general and industry specific economic outlook.

Weighted-average Expected Term

We derive the expected term using several factors including the ratio of market value to the strike price, volatility, proximity to recent vesting and the remaining option term. In addition, we consider behavioral factors including portfolio diversification, liquidity considerations, risk aversion and tax planning in our model to determine the expected term. Additionally, we consider historical experience in determining the expected term.

Volatility

Since there had been no public market for our common stock prior to our IPO and we have limited company-specific historical volatility, we determine the share price volatility for options granted based on an analysis of the volatility of a group of similar entities, referred to as peer companies. In evaluating similarity, we consider factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.

Risk-free Interest Rate

The risk-free interest rate is based on the U.S. Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant for zero-coupon U.S. Treasury notes with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.

Dividend Yield

Although we have paid dividends in the past while we were a privately held company, future dividends are not expected to be available to benefit option holders. Accordingly, we currently use an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

We are required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ or are expected to differ from those estimates. We use historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.

The total intrinsic value of options exercised during fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $21.4 million, $635,000 and $37,000, respectively. The intrinsic value is calculated as the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the common stock on the exercise date.

As of March 31, 2013, there was approximately $3.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 years.

The following table summarizes the amount of stock-based compensation expense recognized in selling, general and administrative expenses in our statements of operations for the periods indicated:

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013   2012   2011 
   (in thousands) 

Total stock-based compensation

  $1,064    $506    $373  

rate.

If factors change or we employ different assumptions, stock-based compensation expense in future periods may differ significantly from what we have recorded in the past. If there is a difference between the assumptions used in determining stock-based compensation expense and the actual factors that become known over time, we may change the input factors used in determining stock-based compensation expense for future grants. These changes, if any, may materially impact our results of operations in the period such changes are made. We expect to continue to grant stock based awards in the future, and we expect stock-based compensation expense recognized in future periods to increase. We expect stock-based compensation
Inventories
Our inventory is comprised of approximately $1.6 million in fiscal 2014.

Income Taxes

We account for income taxesraw materials, work-in-process and finished goods, and is valued at the lower of the cost (determined under the assetfirst-in-first-out method) or market. We regularly review our inventory quantities on hand and liability method. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognizedadjust inventory values for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences arefinished goods expected to be recoverednon-saleable due to age. We also make provisions for ingredients and packaging that are slow moving and at risk to become obsolete. Additionally, our estimates of product demand and market value require management judgment that may significantly affect the ending inventory valuation, as well as gross profit.

Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets
We test goodwill for impairment annually in our fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or settled. The effect on deferred tax assetschanges in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount may be impaired. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred, we perform a qualitative assessment as a determinant for whether the two-step annual goodwill impairment test should be performed. In performing the qualitative assessment, we consider macroeconomic conditions, industry and liabilities of a changemarket considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in tax rates is recognizedmanagement or key personnel, changes in incomestrategy, changes in customers and changes in the period that includesshare price of our common stock. If, after assessing the enactment date. Deferred tax assets are recognized when, based upon available evidence, realizationtotality of the assets is more likely than not. Reserves for tax-related uncertainties are established based on estimates whenevents or circumstances, we believedetermine that it is more likely than not that those positions may not be fully sustained upon review by tax authorities. The reserves are adjusted in light of changing facts and circumstances, such as the outcome of an income tax audit.

Warrant

We accounted for the outstanding warrant to purchase shares of our convertible preferred stock as a liability at fair value, because this warrant could be redeemed under certain circumstances, such as a change of control. The warrant was subjected to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value was recognized in other income (expense), net, in the consolidated statements of operations. See “Out-of-period Adjustment” below. The liability was adjusted for changes in fair value until the earliest of the exercise, expiration of the convertible preferred stock warrant or conversion to a warrant to purchase common stock. Upon the consummation of the IPO, the warrant became exercisable into shares of our common stock and as such, the related convertible preferred stock liability of $2.2 million as of April 2, 2012, was reclassified to additional-paid in capital. The warrant was exercised on April 12, 2012.

Out-of-period Adjustment

During fiscal 2012, we corrected an error in the measurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The correction increased the fair value of our sole reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then the convertible preferred stock warrant liabilitytwo-step goodwill impairment test is not performed.

If the two-step goodwill test is performed, we evaluate and test our goodwill for impairment at our sole reporting-unit level using expected future cash flows to be generated by $949,000the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over the calculated fair value of the goodwill.
Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. Our intangible assets consist of acquired product formulas and decreased additional paid-in capitaltrademarks, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives ranging from five to twenty five years.
We review long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or a change in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by $431,000 with a corresponding increase in expense of $518,000, which wascomparing its carrying value to the total future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. If it is determined that an asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recorded in other income (expense), net in the accompanying statementamount by which the carrying value of operations during fiscal 2012. The correction was an accumulationthe asset exceeds its estimated fair value.

42


ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Ingredient Risk

We enter into pricing agreements with our suppliers for key ingredients including wheat and flour, dairy products, sugar, canola and sunflower oil, extra-virgin olive oil, natural flavors and colors, spices and packaging materials used in the contract manufacturing of our products. TheseIn fiscal 2014, these ingredients arewere generally purchased through our contract manufacturers, who typically pass through actual costs to us at the time we purchase finished products. These ingredients are subject to price fluctuations that may create price risk. A hypothetical 10% increase or decrease in the weighted-average cost of our primary ingredients contracted directly or through contract manufacturers in fiscal 20132014 would have resulted in an increase or decrease to cost of sales of approximately $3.3$4.2 million. We seek to mitigate the impact of ingredient cost increases by negotiating purchase agreements or taking physical delivery of future ingredient needs. We strive to offset the impact of ingredient cost increases with a combination of cost savings initiatives and efficiencies and price increases to our customers.

Interest Rate Risk

We maintain a credit facility that provides for revolving loans of up to $40.0 million. At March 31, 2013, we had $7.0 million of borrowings.2014, there were no amounts outstanding under the credit facility. We may select from three interest rate options for borrowings under the credit facility: (i) LIBOR plus 1.25%, (ii) IBOR plus 1.25% or (iii) Prime Rate (as each such term is defined in the Credit Agreement).We currently do not engage in any interest rate hedging activity and currently have no intention to do so in the foreseeable future. Based on the average interest rate on the credit facility during fiscal 2013, and to the extent that borrowings were outstanding, we do not believe that a 10% change in the interest rate would have a material effect on our results of operations or financial condition.

We do not enter into investments for trading or speculative purposes and have not used any derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk exposure. We have not been exposed nor do we anticipate being exposed to material risks due to a change in interest rates.

Foreign Exchange Risk

Our sales and costs are denominated in U.S. dollars and are not subject to foreign exchange risk. However, to the extent our sourcing strategy changes or we commence generating net sales outside




43


ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

ANNIE’S, INC.


INDEX TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS




44


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Annie’s,

Annie's, Inc.

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations,income, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity / (deficit), and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Annie’s, Inc. and its subsidiaries at March 31, 20132014 and 2012,2013, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 20132014 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. TheseAlso in our opinion, the Company did not maintain, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2014, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO) because a material weakness in internal control over financial reporting related to an insufficient complement of finance and accounting resources, including employee turnover, within the organization resulted in design deficiencies in certain areas in which the controls were not precise enough to detect misstatements that in the aggregate could be material to the consolidated financial statements areexisted as of that date. A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the responsibilityannual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The material weakness referred to above is described in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing in Item 9A. We considered this material weakness in determining the nature, timing, and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the 2014 consolidated financial statements, and our opinion regarding the effectiveness of the Company’s management.internal control over financial reporting does not affect our opinion on those consolidated financial statements. The Company's management is responsible for these financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in management’s report referred to above. Our responsibility is to express an opinionopinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits.audits (which was an integrated audit in fiscal 2014). We conducted our audits of these statements in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditaudits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includesmisstatement and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

opinions.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

San Francisco, California

June 14, 2013

2, 2014



45



Annie’s, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

Statements of Income

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   March 31, 
   2013  2012 

ASSETS

   

CURRENT ASSETS:

   

Cash

  $4,930   $562  

Accounts receivable, net

   20,015    11,870  

Inventory

   15,147    10,202  

Deferred tax assets

   2,558    1,995  

Income tax receivable

   588    164  

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

   5,050    1,252  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current assets

   48,288    26,045  

Property and equipment, net

   6,138    4,298  

Goodwill

   30,809    30,809  

Intangible assets, net

   1,116    1,176  

Deferred tax assets, long-term

   3,704    4,650  

Deferred initial public offering costs

   —      5,343  

Other non-current assets

   157    108  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total assets

  $90,212   $72,429  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

LIABILITIES, CONVERTIBLE PREFERRED STOCK AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT)

   

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

   

Accounts payable

  $4,342   $861  

Related-party payable

   —      1,305  

Accrued liabilities

   12,021    7,452  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total current liabilities

   16,363    9,618  

Credit facility

   7,007    12,796  

Convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   —      2,157  

Other non-current liabilities

   913    921  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities

   24,283    25,492  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)

   

Convertible preferred stock, $0.001 par value—None authorized, issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013; 12,346,555 shares authorized, 12,281,553, shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2012 (aggregate liquidation value $132,427 at March 31, 2012)

   —      81,373  

STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (DEFICIT):

   

Preferred stock, $0.001 par value—5,000,000 shares authorized, none issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013; None authorized, issued and outstanding outstanding at March 31, 2012

   —      —    

Common stock, $0.001 par value—30,000,000 and 24,000,000 shares authorized at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively; 16,849,016 and 483,242 shares issued and outstanding at March 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively

   17    1  

Additional paid-in capital

   93,190    4,392  

Accumulated deficit

   (27,278  (38,829
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total stockholders’ equity (deficit)

   65,929    (34,436
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total liabilities, convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity (deficit)

  $90,212   $72,429  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Net sales$204,104
 $169,472
 $141,481
Cost of sales128,475
 104,566
 85,877
Gross profit75,629
 64,906
 55,604
Selling, general and administrative expenses49,509
 45,461
 37,790
Income from operations26,120
 19,445
 17,814
Interest expense(335) (168) (161)
Other income (expense), net41
 87
 (1,076)
Income before provision for income taxes25,826
 19,364
 16,577
Provision for income taxes10,537
 8,112
 6,541
Net income$15,289
 $11,252
 $10,036
Net income attributable to common stockholders$15,289
 $11,252
 $303
Earnings per share     
—Basic$0.90
 $0.66
 $0.65
—Diluted$0.88
 $0.64
 $0.27
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing earnings per share     
—Basic16,926,827
 17,129,334
 469,089
—Diluted17,412,548
 17,707,839
 1,111,088

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



46


Annie’s, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013  2012  2011 

Net sales (net of product recall impact of $1,096 during fiscal 2013)

  $169,977   $141,304   $117,616  

Cost of sales (including costs associated with product recall of $1,080 during fiscal 2013)

   104,566    85,877    71,804  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross profit

   65,411    55,427    45,812  

Operating expenses:

    

Selling, general and administrative (including costs associated with product recall of $171 during fiscal 2013)

   45,461    36,195    30,674  

Advisory agreement termination fee

   —      1,300    —    
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

   45,461    37,495    30,674  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income from operations

   19,950    17,932    15,138  

Interest expense

   (168  (161  (885

Other income (expense), net

   87    (1,594  155  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Income before provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   19,869    16,177    14,408  

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   8,318    6,588    (5,747
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income

  $11,551   $9,589   $20,155  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders

  $11,551   $290   $596  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders

    

—Basic

  $0.67   $0.62   $1.29  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

—Diluted

  $0.65   $0.26   $0.50  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income per share attributable to common stockholders

    

—Basic

   17,129,334    469,089    461,884  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

—Diluted

   17,707,839    1,111,088    1,201,125  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 March 31,
 2014 2013
ASSETS   
CURRENT ASSETS:   
Cash$17,308
 $4,930
Accounts receivable18,324
 18,756
Inventory18,489
 15,147
Deferred tax assets3,312
 3,140
Income tax receivable
 588
Prepaid expenses and other current assets4,277
 5,050
Total current assets61,710
 47,611
Restricted cash300
 
Property and equipment, net6,620
 6,138
Goodwill30,809
 30,809
Intangible assets, net1,055
 1,116
Deferred tax assets, long-term3,039
 3,704
Other non-current assets108
 157
Total assets$103,641
 $89,535
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   
CURRENT LIABILITIES:   
Accounts payable$7,144
 $4,342
Accrued liabilities10,680
 12,191
Total current liabilities17,824
 16,533
Credit facility
 7,007
Other non-current liabilities905
 913
Total liabilities18,729
 24,453
Commitments and contingencies (Note 7)
 
STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY   
Common stock, $0.001 par value—30,000,000 shares authorized, 17,039,792 and 16,849,016 shares issued and outstanding17
 17
Additional paid-in capital97,731
 93,190
Accumulated deficit(12,836) (28,125)
Total stockholders’ equity84,912
 65,082
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity$103,641
 $89,535

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.



47


Annie’s, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity / (Deficit)

(in thousands, except share amounts)

  Convertible Preferred              Additional     Total 
  Stock  Preferred
Stock
  Common Stock  Paid-in  Accumulated  Stockholders’ 
  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Shares  Amount  Capital  Deficit  Equity (Deficit) 

Balance at March 31, 2010

  12,281,553   $81,373    —     $—      461,277   $1   $4,320   $(42,494 $(38,173

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

  —      —      —      —      3,717    —      26    —      26  

Stock-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      —      —      373    —      373  

Dividends paid

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (12,529  (12,529

Net Income

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      20,155    20,155  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2011

  12,281,553    81,373    —      —      464,994    1    4,719    (34,868  (30,148

Repurchase of stock options for cash

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (602  —      (602

Reclassification of convertible preferred stock warrant liability (Note 2)

  —      —      —      —      —      —      (431  —      (431

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

  —      —      —      —      18,248    —      50    —      50  

Stock-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      —      —      506    —      506  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      —      —      150    —      150  

Dividends paid

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      (13,550  (13,550

Net Income

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      9,589    9,589  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2012

  12,281,553    81,373    —      —      483,242    1    4,392    (38,829  (34,436

Reclassification of convertible preferred stock warrant liability upon consummation of IPO

  —      —      —      —      —      —      2,170    —      2,170  

Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock upon consummation of IPO

  (12,281,553  (81,373  —      —      15,221,571    15    81,358    —      81,373  

Shares issued upon consummation of IPO

  —      —      —      —      950,000    1 ��  11,145    —      11,146  

Shares repurchased and retired

  —      —      —      —      (500,000  —      (19,125  —      (19,125

Exercise of stock options

  —      —      —      —      631,010    —      4,073    —      4,073  

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      —      —      8,113    —      8,113  

Net exercise of warrant to purchase shares of common stock

  —      —      —      —      63,193    —      —      —      —    

Stock-based compensation

  —      —      —      —      —      —      1,064    —      1,064  

Net Income

  —      —      —      —      —      —      —      11,551    11,551  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Balance at March 31, 2013

  —     $—      —     $—      16,849,016   $17   $93,190   $(27,278 $65,929  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

         Additional   Total
 Convertible Preferred Stock Common Stock Paid-in Accumulated Stockholders’
 Shares Amount Shares Amount Capital Deficit Equity / (Deficit)
Balance at March 31, 201112,281,553
 $81,373
 464,994
 $1
 $4,424
 $(35,863) $(31,438)
Repurchase of stock options for cash
 
 
 
 (602) 
 (602)
Reclassification of convertible
preferred stock warrant liability
(Note 2)

 
 
 
 (431) 
 (431)
Issuance of common stock upon
exercise of stock options

 
 18,248
 
 50
 
 50
Stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 801
 
 801
Excess tax benefit from stock-based
compensation

 
 
 
 150
 
 150
Dividends paid
 
 
 
 
 (13,550) (13,550)
Net Income
 
 
 
 
 10,036
 10,036
Balance at March 31, 201212,281,553
 81,373
 483,242
 1
 4,392
 (39,377) (34,984)
Reclassification of convertible preferred stock
warrant liability upon consummation of IPO

 
 
 
 2,170
 
 2,170
Conversion of convertible preferred stock into
common stock upon consummation of IPO
(12,281,553) (81,373) 15,221,571
 15
 81,358
 
 81,373
Shares issued upon consummation of IPO
 
 950,000
 1
 11,145
 
 11,146
Shares repurchased and retired
 
 (500,000) 
 (19,125) 
 (19,125)
Exercise of stock options
 
 631,010
 
 4,073
 
 4,073
Excess tax benefit from stock-based
compensation

 
 
 
 8,113
 
 8,113
Net exercise of warrant to purchase shares of
common stock
    63,193
 
 
 
 
Stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 1,064
 
 1,064
Net Income
 
 
 
 
 11,252
 11,252
Balance at March 31, 2013
 
 16,849,016
 17
 93,190
 (28,125) 65,082
Exercise of stock options and vesting of
restricted stock units

 
 190,776
 
 1,958
 
 1,958
Stock-based compensation
 
 
 
 465
 
 465
Excess tax benefit from stock-based
compensation

 
 
 
 2,118
 
 2,118
Net Income
 $
 
 $
 $
 $15,289
 $15,289
Balance at March 31, 2014
 $
 17,039,792
 $17
 $97,731
 $(12,836) $84,912

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


48


Annie’s, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013  2012  2011 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

    

Net Income

  $11,551   $9,589   $20,155  

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

    

Depreciation and amortization

   1,065    845    494  

Stock-based compensation

   1,064    506    373  

Allowances for trade discounts and other

   (3  200    2,500  

Inventory reserves

   454    55    —    

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

   (8,113  (150  —    

Accretion of imputed interest on purchase of intangible asset

   143    —      —    

Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability

   13    1,726    —    

Amortization of debt discount

   —      —       144  

Amortization of deferred financing costs

   (2  10    366  

Loss on disposal of property and equipment

   46    —      —    

Deferred taxes

   383    489    (7,134

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

    

Accounts receivable, net

   (8,142  (2,942  (3,045

Inventory

   (5,399  (604  (1,561

Income tax receivable

   3,853    (164 

Prepaid expenses, other current and non-current assets

   1,498    99    (352

Accounts payable

   3,356    (9,499  3,735  

Related-party payable

   (1,305  1,299    (97

Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities

   8,261    (168  2,660  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash provided by operating activities

   8,723    1,291    18,238  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:

    

Purchase of property and equipment

   (2,766  (3,538  (886
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in investing activities

   (2,766  (3,538  (886
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Proceeds from credit facility

   23,737    72,389    7,344  

Payments to credit facility

   (29,526  (59,593  (7,344

Proceeds from common shares issued in initial public offering, net of issuance costs

   11,146    —      —    

Payment for intangible asset acquired by financing transaction

   (7  —      —    

Dividends paid

   —      (13,550  (12,529

Payment of deferred financing costs

   —      —      (66

Payments of initial public offering costs

   —      (3,368  —    

Repayment of notes payable

   —      —      (6,000

Repurchase of common stock

   (19,125  —      —    

Net repurchase of stock options

   —      (602  —    

Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation

   8,113    150    —    

Proceeds from exercises of stock options

   4,073    50    26  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net cash used in financing activities

   (1,589  (4,524  (18,569
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH

   4,368    (6,771  (1,217

CASH—Beginning of year

   562    7,333    8,550  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

CASH—End of year

  $4,930   $562   $7,333  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:

    

Cash paid for interest

  $17   $67   $609  

Cash paid for income taxes

  $247   $6,153   $1,491  

NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

    

Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock

  $81,373   $—     $—    

Purchase of property and equipment funded through accounts payable

  $125   $23   $—    

Deferred initial public offering costs funded through accounts payable and accrued expenses

  $—     $1,975   $—    

Intangible asset acquired by financing transaction

  $—     $1,023   $—    

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
     Net Income$15,289
 $11,252
 $10,036
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by
     operating activities:
     
     Depreciation and amortization1,466
 1,065
 845
     Stock-based compensation465
 1,064
 801
     Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation(2,118) (8,113) (150)
     Accretion of imputed interest on purchase of intangible asset142
 143
 
     Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability
 13
 1,208
     Loss on disposal of property and equipment61
 46
 
     Deferred taxes493
 177
 442
     Changes in operating assets and liabilities:     
          Accounts receivable432
 (7,580) (3,114)
          Inventory(3,342) (4,945) (549)
          Income tax receivable588
 3,853
 (164)
          Prepaid expenses, other current and non-current assets775
 1,496
 109
          Accounts payable2,801
 3,356
 (9,499)
          Related-party payable
 (1,305) 1,299
          Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities194
 8,194
 27
          Net cash provided by operating activities17,246
 8,716
 1,291
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:     
     Purchase of property and equipment(1,637) (2,766) (3,538)
     Restricted cash(300) 
 
          Net cash used in investing activities(1,937) (2,766) (3,538)
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
     Proceeds from credit facility8,432
 23,737
 72,389
     Payments to credit facility(15,439) (29,526) (59,593)
     Proceeds from common shares issued in initial public offering,
          net of issuance costs

 11,146
 
     Dividends paid
 
 (13,550)
     Payments of initial public offering costs
 
 (3,368)
     Repurchase of common stock
 (19,125) 
     Net repurchase of stock options
 
 (602)
     Excess tax benefit from stock-based compensation2,118
 8,113
 150
     Proceeds from exercises of stock options1,958
 4,073
 50
          Net cash used in financing activities(2,931) (1,582) (4,524)
NET INCREASE (DECREASE) IN CASH12,378
 4,368
 (6,771)
CASH—Beginning of year4,930
 562
 7,333
CASH—End of year$17,308
 $4,930
 $562
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:     
     Cash paid for interest$148
 $17
 $67
     Cash paid for income taxes$5,611
 $247
 $6,153
NONCASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES:     
     Conversion of convertible preferred stock into common stock$
 $81,373
 $
     Deferred initial public offering costs funded through accounts payable
          and accrued expenses
$
 $
 $1,975
     Intangible asset acquired by financing transaction$
 $
 $1,023

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements.


49


Annie’s, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Description of Business

Annie’s, Inc. (the “Company”), a Delaware corporation incorporated on April 28, 2004, is a natural and organic food company. The Company offers over 135145 products in the following three product categories: meals; snacks; and dressings, condiments and other. The Company’s products are sold throughout the U.S. and Canada via a multi-channel distribution network that serves the mainstream grocery, mass merchandiser and natural retailer channels. The Company’s headquarters are located in Berkeley, California.

2. Basis of Presentation and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Basis of Presentation and Consolidation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S.United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”). The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its wholly owned subsidiaries, Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., Annie’s Enterprises, Inc., Napa Valley Kitchen, Inc., and Annie’s Enterprises, Inc.Baking, LLC. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

Initial Public Offering (IPO)

On April 2, 2012, the Company closed its IPO, in which it sold 950,000 shares of common stock at an offering price of $19.00 per share and raised $11.1 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of $1.3 million and other offering expenses of $5.6 million. In addition, certain of the Company’s stockholders, including funds affiliated with Solera Capital, LLC, sold 4.8 million shares at the $19.00 offering price in the IPO. The Company sometimes refers to Solera Capital, LLC and its affiliates as Solera in this Form 10-K.

Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock Certain reclassifications were automatically converted into 15,221,571 shares of common stock, the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant was automatically converted into a common stock warrant to purchase a total of 80,560 shares of common stock and the related convertible preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Pursuantmade to the Company’s Amendedprior financial statements to conform to the current year presentation.

Recently Issued Accounting Standard
On May 28, 2014, the FASB issued a new financial accounting standard on revenue from contracts with customers. The standard outlines a single comprehensive model for entities to use in accounting for revenue arising from contracts with customers and Restated Certificatesupersedes most current revenue recognition guidance. The accounting standard is effective for annual reporting periods (including interim reporting periods within those periods) beginning after December 15, 2016. Early adoption is not permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of Incorporation, or Charter, andthis accounting standard.
Segment Reporting
The Company determined its Amended and Restated Bylaws, which became effective upon consummation ofoperating segment on the IPO, thesame basis that it uses to evaluate its performance internally. The Company has authorized 35,000,000 sharesone business activity, marketing and distribution of capital stock, 30,000,000 shares, par value $0.001 per share,natural and organic food products, and operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, its chief executive officer, reviews its operating results on an aggregate basis for purposes of which are common stockallocating resources and 5,000,000 shares, par value $0.001 per share, of which are preferred stock. As of March 31, 2013, 16,849,016 shares of common stock were issued and outstanding and no shares of preferred stock were issued and outstanding.

Secondary Public Offerings

On August 6, 2012, the Company closed a secondary public offering, in which certain stockholders, including Solera, sold 3,649,976 shares of common stock at an offering price of $39.25 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling stockholders. The offering expenses incurred by the Company were $0.7 million, including legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and sale of common stock sold in the secondary public offering.

On March 18, 2013, the Company closed another secondary public offering in which Solera sold 3,500,000 shares of common stock at an offering price of $40.00 per share. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by Solera. The offering expenses incurred by the Company were $0.5 million, including

legal, accounting and printing costs and various other fees associated with the registration and sale of common stock sold in the secondary public offering. The Company, concurrently with the closing of the secondary public offering, repurchased and retired 500,000 shares of its common stock from Solera in a private, non-underwritten transaction at a price of $38.25 per share. The price paid by the Company was equal to the price paid by the underwriters in the secondary public offering.

evaluating financial performance.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make certain estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of sales and expenses during the reported periods. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Concentration Risk

The Company controls credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and records an allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable based on a specific identification methodology. In addition, management may record an additional allowance based on the Company’s experience with accounts receivable aging categories. Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for trade discounts and doubtful accounts. As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company had $5.2 million and $5.2 million, respectively, for allowance for trade discounts. The Company had no allowance for doubtful accounts as of March 31, 2013 and 2012.

Customers with 10% or more of the Company’s net sales and accounts receivable consist of the following:

   Net Sales  Accounts 
   Customer A  Customer B  Customer C  Receivable(1) 

Fiscal Year Ended March 31,

     

2013

   25  17  11  72

2012

   25  15  11  66

2011

   28  12  12  —    

Not presented
(1)In fiscal 2013, two customers represented 36% and 26%, respectively, of accounts receivable. The same two customers represented 45% and 21%, respectively, of accounts receivable in fiscal 2012. In fiscal 2013, one additional customer represented 10% of accounts receivable.

The Company relies on a limited number of suppliers for the ingredients used in manufacturing its products. In order to mitigate any adverse impact from a disruption of supply, the Company attempts to maintain an adequate supply of ingredients and believes that other vendors would be able to provide similar ingredients if supplies were disrupted. The Company outsources the manufacturing of its products to contract manufacturers in the U.S. As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, four and two vendors accounted for 75% and 26% of accounts payable, respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:

Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2—Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.

Level 3—Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and credit facility, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities. The carrying amount of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability at March 31, 2012 represents its estimated fair value (Note 9). Upon consummation of the IPO on April 2, 2012, prior to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock warrant into a common stock warrant, the estimated fair value was remeasured and the change in fair value was recorded as a non-cash charge in other income (expense), net and the related liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Cash

The Company’s cash primarily consists of funds held in general checking accounts.

Inventories

Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost (determined under the first-in-first-out method) or market. Write downs are provided for finished goods expected to become nonsaleable due to age and provisions are specifically made for slow moving or obsolete raw ingredients and packaging material. The Company also adjusts the carrying value of its inventories when it believes that the net realizable value is less than the carrying value. These write-downs are measured as the difference between the cost of the inventory, including estimated costs to complete, and estimated selling prices including cost of selling. These charges are recorded as a component of cost of sales. Once inventory is written down, a new, lower-cost basis for that inventory is established.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful lives. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Assets not yet placed in use are not depreciated.

The useful lives of the property and equipment are as follows:

Equipment and automotive3 to 7 years
Software3 to 7 years
Plates and dies3 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of lease term or estimated useful life

The Company capitalizes certain internal and external costs related to the development and enhancement of the Company’s internal-use software. Capitalized internal-use software development costs are included in property and equipment on the accompanying consolidated balance sheets. As of March 31, 2013, the Company had $2.1 million capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization including $0.4 million in construction in progress. As of March 31, 2012, the Company had $2.0 million capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization including $1.6 million in construction in progress.

Goodwill

In connection with prior acquisitions, the Company recorded $30.8 million of goodwill resulting from the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of the assets acquired and the liabilities assumed.

Goodwill is tested for impairment annually in the fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying value of goodwill may not be recoverable. Triggering events that may indicate impairment include, but are not limited to, significant adverse change in customer demand or business climate that could affect the value of an asset or significant decrease in expected cash flows at the reporting unit. In its annual impairment evaluation, the Company first assesses qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of its sole reporting unit is less than its carrying amount as a basis to determine whether it is necessary to perform the two-step goodwill impairment test. The more-likely-than-not threshold is defined as having a likelihood of more than 50 percent. The goodwill impairment test involves a two-step process and is tested at the Company’s sole reporting unit level by comparing the reporting unit’s carrying amount, including goodwill, to the fair value of the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the sole reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second step of the goodwill impairment test shall be performed to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. When impaired, the carrying value of goodwill is written down to fair value. There was no impairment of goodwill identified during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Impairment of Long-lived Assets

Long-lived assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to future net cash flows expected to be generated by the asset. If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. There was no impairment of long-lived assets during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011.

Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant Liability

The Company accounted for its convertible preferred stock warrant to purchase shares of Company’s convertible preferred stock as a liability at fair value upon issuance, because the warrant could obligate the Company to transfer assets to the holder at a future date under certain circumstances, such as a change of control. The warrant was subjected to remeasurement to fair value at each balance sheet date, and any change in fair value was recognized in other income (expense), net in the consolidated statements of operations. See “Out-of-Period Adjustment” below. The liability was adjusted for changes in fair value until the earliest of the exercise, expiration of the convertible preferred stock warrant and conversion to a warrant to purchase common stock. Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant was automatically converted into a common stock warrant to purchase a total of 80,560 shares of common stock and the related convertible preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

Convertible Preferred Stock

Prior to the IPO, the holders of the Company’s convertible preferred stock controlled the vote of stockholders and board of directors through appointed representatives. As a result, the holders of the convertible preferred stock could have forced a change of control that would have triggered liquidation. As redemption of the convertible preferred stock through liquidation was outside of the Company’s control, all shares of convertible preferred stock have been presented outside of permanent equity on the consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2012.

Sales Recognition and Sales Incentives

Sales of the Company’s products are recognized

The Company recognizes revenue when persuasive evidence of an arrangement exists, theit has a contract or purchase order from a customer with a fixed price, is fixed or determinable, ownership and risk of loss have been transferred to the customer either upon

delivery or pick up of products by the customer and there is a reasonable assurance of collection of the sales proceeds. Generally, the Company extends uncollateralized credit to its retailers and distributors ranging up to 30 days and performs ongoing credit evaluation of its customers. The payment terms are typically net-30 with a discount for net-10 payment. The Company recognizes sales net of estimated trade allowances, slotting fees, sales incentives, cash discounts, returns and coupons. The costs of these activities are recognized at the time the related sales are recorded and are classified as a reduction of sales. The cost of these trade allowances, slotting fees and sales incentives is estimated using a number of factors, including estimated units sold, customer participation and redemption rates. The Company has entered into contracts with some retailers granting an allowance for spoils and damaged products. Amounts related to shipping and handling that are billed to customers are reflected in net sales and the related shipping and handling costs are reflected in selling, general and administrative expenses.

Cost of Sales

Cost of sales consists of the costs of ingredients utilized in the manufacture of products, contract manufacturing fees, packaging and in-bound freight charges. Ingredients account for the largest portion of the cost of sales, followed by contract manufacturing fees and packaging.

Shipping and Handling Costs

Shipping and handling costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements


50

Table of operations. Shipping and handling costs primarily consist of costs associated with moving finished products to customers, including costs associated with the Company’s distribution center, route delivery costs and the cost of shipping products to customers through third-party carriers. Shipping and handling costs recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses were $5.7 million, $4.8 million and $4.7 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Research and Development Costs

Research and development costs consist of the costs incurred to develop new products. These costs include consumer research, prototype development, materials and resources to conduct trial production runs, package development and employee-related costs for personnel responsible for product innovation. Research and development costs recorded as a component of selling, general and administrative expenses were approximately $2.8 million, $2.0 million and $2.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

Advertising Costs

Advertising costs include the costs of producing advertisements and the costs of communicating advertisements. The costs of producing advertisements are expensed as incurred and the costs of communicating advertising are expensed over the period of communication. Total advertising costs for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 included in selling, general and administrative expenses were approximately $0.9 million, $1.2 million and $0.8 million, respectively.

Contents



Product Recall

The Company establishes reserves for product recalls on a product-specific basis when circumstances giving rise to the recall become known. The Company, when establishing reserves for a product recall, considers cost estimates for any fees and incentives to customers for their effort to return the product, freight and destruction charges for returned products, warehouse and inspection fees, repackaging materials, point-of-sale materials and other costs including costs incurred by contract manufacturers. Additionally, the Company estimates product returns from consumers and customers across distribution channels, utilizing third-party data and other assumptions. These factors are updated and reevaluated each period and the related reserves are adjusted when these factors indicate that the recall reserves are either insufficient to cover or exceed the estimated product recall expenses.

The Company records insurance recoveries upon receipt of positive confirmation from the insurance company that certain recall-related costs have been approved for payment and the Company has reasonable confidence that the insurance company is financially capable of paying the Company. The insurance recoveries are recorded in the net sales, cost of sales or selling, general and administrative, as applicable, in the statement of income.

Significant changes in the assumptions used to develop estimates for product recall reserves could affect key financial information, including accounts receivable, inventory, accrued liabilities, net sales, gross profit, operating expenses and net income. In addition, estimating product recall reserves requires a high degree of judgment in areas such as estimating consumer returns, shelf and in-stock inventory at retailers across distribution channels, fees and incentives to be earned by customers for their effort to return the products, future freight rates and consumers’ claims.

Segment Reporting

The Company determined its operating segment on

Freight and Warehousing Costs
Freight and warehousing costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the same basis that it usesconsolidated statements of income. These costs primarily consist of costs associated with moving finished products to evaluate its performance internally. The Company has one business activity, marketingcustomers, including costs associated with the Company’s distribution center, route delivery costs and distributionthe cost of naturalshipping products to customers through third-party carriers. Freight and organic foodwarehousing costs were $7.2 million, $5.7 million and $4.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Research and Development (R&D) Costs
R&D costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. These costs are incurred to develop new products and operatesare expensed as one operating segment.incurred. R&D costs include consumer research, prototype development, materials and resources to conduct trial production runs, package development and employee-related costs for personnel responsible for product innovation. R&D costs were $2.3 million, $2.8 million and $2.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of income. These costs include the costs of producing and communicating advertisements. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, its chief executive officer, reviews its operating results on an aggregate basiscosts of producing advertisements are expensed as incurred and the costs of communicating advertising are expensed over the period of communication. Total advertising costs were $1.5 million, $0.9 million and $1.2 million, for purposes of allocating resourcesthe years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and evaluating financial performance.

2012, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

compensation

The Company maintains performance incentive plans under which nonqualified stock options, restricted stock units and performance share units are granted to eligible employees and directors. The cost of stock-based transactions is recognized in the financial statements based upon fair value. The fair value of restricted stock units and performance share units is determined based on the number of units granted and the closing price of the Company’s common stock as of the grant date. Additionally, stock-based compensation related to performance share units reflects the estimated probable outcome at the end of the performance period. The fair value of stock options is determined as of the grant date using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Fair value is recognized as expense on a straight line basis, net of estimated forfeitures, over the employee requisite service period.

The benefits of tax deductions in excess of recognized compensation costs are reported as a credit to additional paid-in capital and as financing cash flows, but only when such excess tax benefits are realized by a reduction to current taxes payable.


51



Income taxes
Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method. Deferred tax liabilities or assets are established for temporary differences between financial and tax reporting bases and subsequently adjusted to reflect changes in enacted tax rates expected to be in effect when the temporary differences reverse. The deferred tax assets are reduced, if necessary, by a valuation allowance to the extent future realization of those tax benefits is uncertain.

The tax benefit from an uncertain tax position is recognized only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such positions are then measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. Interest and/or penalties related to uncertain tax positions are recognized in income tax expense. See Note 17 for further information regarding income taxes.
Cash and Restricted Cash
The Company’s cash primarily consists of funds held in general checking accounts. The Company considers demand deposits and highly liquid investments with insignificant interest rate risk and original maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition to be cash equivalents. There were no cash equivalents held at March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. 
The Company’s restricted cash consisted of a deposit held in an escrow account pending the Company’s acquisition of a snack manufacturing plant in Joplin, Missouri (the “Joplin Plant”).
Accounts Receivable and Concentration Risk
Treasury StockThe Company manages credit risk through credit approvals, credit limits and monitoring procedures. The Company performs periodic credit evaluations of its customers and records an allowance for uncollectible accounts receivable based on a specific identification methodology. In addition, management may record an additional allowance based on the Company’s experience with accounts receivable aging categories. Accounts receivable are recorded net of allowances for trade discounts and doubtful accounts. The Company had

no allowance for doubtful accounts as of March 31, 2014 and 2013.

Customers with 10% or more of the Company’s net sales and accounts receivable consist of the following:
 Net Sales Accounts Receivable(1)
 Customer A Customer B Customer C 
Fiscal Year Ended March 31,       
201422% 15% 13% 58%
201325% 17% 11% 72%
201225% 15% 11% 
__________________
— Not presented
(1) As of March 31, 2014, three customers represented 31%, 17% and 10% respectively, of accounts receivable. The same three customers represented 36%, 26%, and 10%, respectively, of accounts receivable as of March 31, 2013.
Inventories
Inventories are recorded at the lower of cost (determined under the first-in-first-out method) or market. Write downs are provided for finished goods expected to become nonsaleable due to age and provisions are specifically made for slow-moving or obsolete raw ingredients and packaging material. The Company also adjusts the carrying value of its inventories when it believes that the net realizable value is less than the carrying value. These write-downs are measured as the difference between the cost of the inventory, including estimated costs to complete, and estimated selling prices, including cost of selling. These charges are recorded as a component of cost of sales.

52



Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the shorter of the lease term or estimated useful life. Maintenance and repairs are charged to expense as incurred. Assets not yet placed in service are not depreciated.
The useful lives of the property and equipment are as follows:
Equipment and automotive3 to 7 years
Software3 to 7 years
Plates and dies3 years
Leasehold improvementsShorter of lease term or estimated useful life
The Company capitalizes certain internal and external costs related to the development and enhancement of the Company’s internal-use software. Capitalized internal-use software development costs are included in property and equipment on the accompanying condensed consolidated balance sheets. The Company had $2.7 million and $2.1 million in capitalized software development costs, net of accumulated amortization, including $1.0 million and $0.4 million in construction-in-progress as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Goodwill, Intangible Assets and Long-Lived Assets
The Company tests goodwill for impairment annually in its fourth fiscal quarter and whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate the carrying amount may be impaired. In assessing whether events or changes in circumstances have occurred, the Company performs a qualitative assessment as a determinant for whether the two-step annual goodwill impairment test should be performed. In performing the qualitative assessment, the Company considers events and circumstances, including but not limited to, macroeconomic conditions, industry and market considerations, cost factors, overall financial performance, changes in management or key personnel, changes in strategy, changes in customers and changes in the share price of the Company’s common stock. If, after assessing the totality of events or circumstances, the Company determines that it is more likely than not that the fair value of the Company’s sole reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, then the two-step goodwill impairment test is not performed.
If the two-step goodwill test is performed, the Company evaluates and tests its goodwill for impairment at the Company’s sole reporting-unit level using expected future cash flows to be generated by the reporting unit. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, an impairment loss is recognized for any excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over the calculated fair value of the goodwill.
A reporting unit is an operating segment or one level below. The Company has one business activity, marketing and distribution of natural and organic food products, and operates as one operating segment. The Company’s chief operating decision-maker, its chief executive officer, reviews its operating results on an aggregate basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance.
In the fourth quarter of fiscal 2014, the Company bypassed the qualitative assessment, and evaluated and tested its goodwill using expected future cash flows to be generated by the Company’s sole reporting unit and determined that the fair value of Company’s sole reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount. Accordingly, there was no indication of impairment. The Company did not recognize any goodwill impairment losses in fiscal 2014, 2013 or 2012.
Intangible assets with definite lives are amortized over their estimated useful lives. The Company’s intangible assets consist of acquired product formulas and trademarks, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over their useful lives ranging from five to twenty-five years.
The Company reviews long-lived assets, including intangible assets, for impairment whenever events or a change in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of an asset is measured by comparing its carrying value to the total future undiscounted cash flows that the asset is expected to generate. If it is determined that an asset is not recoverable, an impairment loss is recorded in the amount by which the carrying value of the asset exceeds its estimated fair value. There was no impairment of long-lived assets during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012.

53



Concentration of Supply Risk
The Company relies on a limited number of suppliers for the ingredients used in manufacturing its products. In order to mitigate any adverse impact from a disruption of supply, the Company attempts to maintain an adequate supply of ingredients and believes that other vendors would be able to provide similar ingredients if supplies were disrupted. The Company outsources the manufacturing of its products to contract manufacturers in the U.S. The Company had two and four vendors that accounted for more than 10% of accounts payable as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively. These two and four vendors accounted for 49% and 75% of accounts payable as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, respectively.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Fair value is defined as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability (an exit price) in an orderly transaction between market participants at the reporting date. The accounting guidance establishes a three-tiered hierarchy, which prioritizes the inputs used in the valuation methodologies in measuring fair value:
Level 1 - Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 - Inputs other than Level 1 that are observable, either directly or indirectly, such as quoted prices in markets that are not active; or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3 - Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and that are significant to the fair value of the assets or liabilities.
The categorization of a financial instrument within the valuation hierarchy is based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement.
The carrying amounts of the Company’s financial instruments, including accounts receivable, accounts payable, and accrued liabilities, approximate fair value due to their relatively short maturities. Upon consummation of the Company’s initial public offering (the “IPO”) on April 2, 2012, prior to the automatic conversion of the convertible preferred stock warrant into a common stock warrant, the warrant was remeasured and the change in fair value was recorded as a non-cash charge in other income (expense), net and the related liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital (see Note 9).
Share Repurchases
The Company accounts for treasury stockshare repurchases under the cost method, and upon retirement of the treasury stock,accordingly charges the excess of the purchase price andover the par value per share of common stock entirely to additional paid-in capital.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted

Revision of Financial Statements
In finalizing the fiscal 2014 results, the Company determined that the historical methodology for underestimating certain trade allowances did not include all related trade promotion costs. Specifically, the assetmethodology did not consider trade promotion activities conducted by the Company’s customers after quarter end related to sales that occurred prior to quarter end. To correct this misstatement, the Company recorded the cumulative impact of $0.7 million to accumulated deficit at April 1, 2011 in its Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and liability method. Deferred tax assetsStockholders’ Equity / (Deficit), relating to the correction of trade promotion costs prior to fiscal 2012. Additionally, the Company revised its net sales overstatement of $0.5 million for fiscal 2013 and liabilities are recognizedunderstatement of $(0.2) million for fiscal 2012. This misstatement did not impact the future tax consequences attributable to differences betweenCompany’s reported net cash provided by operating activities.
The Company assessed the financial statement carrying amountseffect of existing assetsthe above misstatements, individually and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates applicable to taxable income in the yearsaggregate, on prior periods’ financial statements in which those temporary differences are expectedaccordance with the SEC’s Staff Accounting Bulletins No. 99 - Materiality and 108 - Considering the Effects of Prior Year Misstatements when Quantifying Misstatements in Current Year Financial Statements. Based on an analysis of quantitative and qualitative factors, the Company determined that the misstatements were not material to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date. The Company recognizes deferred tax assets when, based upon available evidence, realizationany of the assets is more likely than not.

The accounting standard for uncertainty in income taxes prescribes a recognition threshold that a tax position is required to meet before being recognized in theCompany’s prior interim and annual financial statements and, provides guidance on derecognition,therefore, the previously-issued financial statements could continue to be relied upon. The Company also determined that correction of the cumulative amount of the misstatements of $1.4 million as of March 31, 2013 would be material to the fiscal 2014 consolidated financial statements and as such, the Company is revising its previously-issued consolidated financial statements to correct the misstatements. The Company plans to revise its quarterly condensed consolidated financial statements for fiscal 2014 in future filings containing such financial information. The revised unaudited quarterly financial data for fiscal 2014 and 2013 is presented in Note 19.


54



As part of the revision the Company also corrected previously-identified misstatements related to the measurement classification, interestof the convertible preferred stock warrant liability and penalties, accountingstock-based compensation. These corrections were an accumulation of a misstatement that should have been recorded in interim periods disclosureprior to fiscal 2012. The correction relating to the convertible preferred stock warrant liability increased other income (expense) and transition issues. Differences between tax positions taken in a tax return and amounts recognizednet income by $0.5 million in the accompanying statement of income during fiscal 2012 and decreased accumulated deficit at April 1, 2011 by $0.4 million. The correction relating to stock-based compensation expense increased selling, general and administrative expenses by $0.3 million and decreased net income by $0.2 million in the accompanying statement of income during fiscal 2012 and increased accumulated deficit at April 1, 2011 by $0.2 million.
All financial information contained in the accompanying footnotes to these consolidated financial statements generally result in an increase in a liability for income taxes payable or a reductionhas been revised to reflect the correction of an income tax refund receivable, or a reduction in a deferred tax asset or an increase in a deferred tax liability, or both.

these misstatements.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to tax positions in income tax expense. Tofollowing table presents the extent that accrued interest and penalties do not ultimately become payable, amounts accrued will be reduced and reflected as a reductioneffects of the overallcorrection on the Company’s consolidated statement of income tax provision infor the period that such determination is made. No interest or penalties have been accrued for any period presented.

During fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013
 Reported Correction Revised
Net Sales$169,977
 $(505) $169,472
Cost of sales104,566
 
 104,566
Gross profit65,411
 (505) 64,906
Selling, general and administrative expenses45,461
 
 45,461
Income from operations19,950
 (505) 19,445
Interest expense(168) 
 (168)
Other income (expense), net87
 
 87
Income before provision for income taxes19,869
 (505) 19,364
Provision for income taxes8,318
 (206) 8,112
Net income$11,551
 $(299) $11,252
Earnings per share     
—Basic$0.67
 $(0.01) $0.66
—Diluted$0.65
 $(0.01) $0.64
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing earnings per share     
—Basic17,129,334
 

 17,129,334
—Diluted17,707,839
 

 17,707,839

55



The following table presents the effects of the correction on the Company’s consolidated statement of income for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012 (in thousands, except share and per share amounts):
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012
 Reported Correction Revised
Net Sales$141,304
 $177
 $141,481
Cost of sales85,877
 
 85,877
Gross profit55,427
 177

55,604
Selling, general and administrative expenses37,495
 295
 37,790
Income from operations17,932
 (118) 17,814
Interest expense(161) 
 (161)
Other income (expense), net(1,594) 518
 (1,076)
Income before provision for income taxes16,177
 400
 16,577
Provision for income taxes6,588
 (47) 6,541
Net income$9,589
 $447
 $10,036
Net income attributable to common stockholders$290
 $13
 $303
Earnings per share     
—Basic$0.62
 $0.03
 $0.65
—Diluted$0.26
 $0.01
 $0.27
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing earnings per share     
—Basic469,089
 

 469,089
—Diluted1,111,088
 

 1,111,088
The following table presents the effects of the correction on the impacted line items included in the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2013 (in thousands):
 March 31, 2013
 Reported Correction Revised
Accounts receivable(1)$20,015
 $(1,259) $18,756
Deferred tax assets, current2,558
 582
 3,140
Total current assets48,288
 (677) 47,611
Total assets90,212
 (677) 89,535
Accrued liabilities(1)12,021
 170
 12,191
Total current liabilities16,363
 170
 16,533
Total liabilities24,283
 170
 24,453
Accumulated deficit(27,278) (847) (28,125)
Total stockholders’ equity65,929
 (847) 65,082
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity90,212
 (677) 89,535
_________
(1) Includes an immaterial reclassification between accounts receivable and accrued liabilities.


56



The following tables present the effects of the correction on the impacted line items included in the Company’s consolidated statements of convertible preferred stock and stockholders’ equity / (deficit) for the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 (in thousands):
 Accumulated Deficit Total Stockholders’ Equity / (Deficit)
 Reported Correction Revised Reported Correction Revised
Balance at March 31, 2011$(34,868) $(995) $(35,863) $(30,148) $(1,290) $(31,438)
Net Income9,589
 447
 10,036
 9,589
 447
 10,036
Balance at March 31, 2012(38,829) (548) (39,377) (34,436) (548) (34,984)
Net Income11,551
 (299) 11,252
 11,551
 (299) 11,252
Balance at March 31, 2013(27,278) (847) (28,125) 65,929
 (847) 65,082
 Additional Paid-in Capital
 Reported Correction Revised
Balance at March 31, 2011$4,719
 $(295) $4,424
Stock-based compensation506
 295
 801
Balance at March 31, 20124,392
 
 4,392
Balance at March 31, 201393,190
 
 93,190

57



The following table presents the effects of the correction on the impacted line items included in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2013 (in thousands):
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2013
 Reported Correction Revised
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
     Net Income$11,551
 $(299) $11,252
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities     
     Deferred taxes383
 (206) 177
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:     
     Accounts receivable(1)(8,145) 565
 (7,580)
     Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities(1)8,254
 (60) 8,194
_________
(1) Includes an immaterial reclassification between accounts receivable and accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities.
The following table presents the effects of the correction on the impacted line items included in the Company’s consolidated statement of cash flows for the year ended March 31, 2012 (in thousands):
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 2012
 Reported Correction Revised
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:     
     Net Income$9,589
 $447
 $10,036
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities     
     Stock-based compensation506
 295
 801
     Change in fair value of convertible preferred stock warrant liability1,726
 (518) 1,208
     Deferred taxes489
 (47) 442
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:     
     Accounts receivable(1)(2,742) (372) (3,114)
     Accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities(1)(168) 195
 27
_________
(1) Includes an immaterial reclassification between accounts receivable and accrued expenses and other non-current liabilities.
The above adjustments did not impact the Company’s net cash provided by operating activities.
3. Initial Public Offering (IPO)
On April 2, 2012, the Company recognized $21.4closed its IPO, in which it sold 950,000 shares of common stock at an offering price of $19.00 per share and raised $11.1 million in net proceeds after deducting underwriting discounts and commissions of tax deductions associated$1.3 million and other offering expenses of $5.6 million. In addition, certain of the Company’s stockholders, including funds affiliated with Solera Capital, LLC, sold 4.8 million shares at the $19.00 offering price in the IPO. The Company sometimes refers to Solera Capital, LLC and its affiliates as Solera in these financial statements.
Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock option exercises.were automatically converted into 15,221,571 shares of common stock, the Company’s outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant was automatically converted into a common stock warrant to purchase a total of 80,560 shares of common stock and the related convertible preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital.

58



4. Balance Sheet Components
Inventory
Inventory is comprised of the following (in thousands):
  March 31,
  2014 2013
Raw materials $1,442
 $1,391
Work in process 616
 2,142
Finished goods 16,431
 11,614
Inventory $18,489
 $15,147
Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net are comprised of the following (in thousands):
  March 31,
  2014 2013
Equipment and automotive $4,004
 $2,959
Software 2,722
 2,410
Leasehold improvements 1,381
 1,195
Plates and dies 402
 244
Construction in progress 1,058
 1,090
Total property and equipment 9,567
 7,898
Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization (2,947) (1,760)
Property and equipment, net $6,620
 $6,138
Depreciation expense was $1.4 million, $1.0 million and $0.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Intangible Assets, Net
Intangible assets, net are comprised of the following (in thousands):
 March 31, 2014 March 31, 2013  
 Gross   Net Gross   Net  
 Carrying Accumulated Carrying Carrying Accumulated Carrying Useful
 Amount Amortization Amount Amount Amortization Amount Lives
Product formulas$1,023
 $(119) $904
 $1,023
 $(68) $955
 5 - 25 years
Other intangible assets189
 (38) 151
 189
 (28) 161
 5 - 25 years
Total$1,212
 $(157) $1,055
 $1,212
 $(96) $1,116
  
In November 2011, the Company acquired product formulas for a purchase price of $2.0 million. The purchase agreement requires the Company to make annual payments of at least $150,000 in each of the first six years of the agreement, with the balance of the $2.0 million payment due at the end of the seven-year term in November 2018.
Amortization expense of intangible assets was $61,000, $60,000 and $27,000 for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The estimated future amortization expense relating to intangible assets is anticipated to be $61,000 for each of the next five years from fiscal 2015 through fiscal 2019, totaling $305,000 and $750,000 after fiscal 2019.

59



Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets
Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of March 31, 2014 and 2013 include receivables from contract manufacturers and suppliers of $2.7 million and $3.9 million, respectively.
Accrued Liabilities
The following table shows the components of accrued liabilities (in thousands):
  March 31,
  2014 2013
Payroll and employee-related expenses $2,907
 $3,779
Inventory received not invoiced 2,744
 4,038
Accrued trade expenses 1,898
 2,469
Income tax payable 1,727
 
Brokerage commissions 421
 407
Deferred rent 244
 260
Other accrued liabilities 739
 1,238
Total accrued liabilities $10,680
 $12,191
5. Credit Facility
In December 2011, the Company entered into a second amended and restated loan agreement (as amended from time to time, the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N. A. that, among other things, provided for an increase in its revolving credit facility to $20.0 million and an extension of the term through August 2014. In March 2013, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to provide for, among other things, an increase in the credit facility to $40.0 million and an extension of the term through August 2016. On November 5, 2013, the Company amended its Credit Agreement to provide for, among other things, consent for the Company to create a limited liability company and guarantee performance of the limited liability company in the event and to the extent the Company assigns to the limited liability company any of its rights or obligations under the Purchase Agreement dated November 5, 2013 among the Company, Safeway Inc. and Safeway Australia Holdings, LLC (see Note 18). Additionally, the amendment provides for the issuance of letters of credit and revises certain covenants and representations and warranties of the Company under the Credit Agreement. In connection with this amendment, Annie’s Baking, LLC, became a party to the Credit Agreement pursuant to a Joinder Agreement dated November 22, 2013. The credit facility is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets.
The Company may select from three interest rate options for borrowings under the credit facility: (i) LIBOR plus 1.25%, (ii) IBOR plus 1.25% or (iii) Prime Rate (as each such term is defined in the Credit Agreement). The interest rate was 1.5% as of March 31, 2013. The Company is required to pay a commitment fee on the unused credit facility commitments, if the outstanding balance is less than half the commitment, at an annual rate ranging from 0.25% to 0.40% depending on the utilization rate. As of March 31, 2014 and 2013, $20.0there was $40.0 million and $33.0 million, respectively, of borrowings available under the credit facility. Interest is payable monthly.
The Credit Agreement contains restrictions on, among other things, the Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions and make investments and loans. The Credit Agreement also limits the Company’s ability to make capital expenditures in excess of $15.0 million. The Credit Agreement requires that the Company maintain a Funded Debt to Adjusted EBITDA ratio of not more than 2.75 to 1.0 and a minimum Net Worth equal to at least $50.0 million, plus 30% of earnings after taxes earned each quarter (if positive), beginning with the June 2013 quarterly earnings (as each such term is defined in the Credit Agreement). The Credit Agreement requires the Company to submit interim and annual financial statements by specified dates after each reporting period. The Company was in compliance with the covenants as of March 31, 2014 and 2013.

60



6. Related Party Transactions
Agreements with Solera Capital, LLC
The Company had an advisory services agreement with Solera requiring the Company to pay Solera an annual advisory fee of $600,000 effective April 1, 2011, which it terminated upon the consummation of the IPO and as such the Company paid Solera a one-time termination fee of $1.3 million in April 2012.
Additionally, the Company is a party to an amended and restated registration rights agreement dated as of November 14, 2005, or Registration Rights Agreement, relating to shares of common stock of the Company held by certain affiliates of Solera and certain other stockholders. As discussed further below, on November 18, 2013, Solera completed the sale of its shares entitled to registration under this agreement.
On August 6, 2012, the Company closed a secondary public offering, in which certain stockholders, including Solera, sold a portion of shares of common stock of the Company. In addition, on March 18, 2013, Solera sold another portion of its investment in shares of the Company’s common stock, and on November 18, 2013, Solera sold the remaining portion of its investment in shares of the Company’s common stock. The offering expenses incurred by the Company for these secondary public offerings were $0.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.3 million, respectively. The Company did not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares in these secondary public offerings.
In conjunction with the secondary public offering that closed on March 18, 2013, the Company repurchased and retired 500,000 shares of its common stock from Solera in a private, non-underwritten transaction at a price of $38.25 per share. The price paid by the Company was equal to the price paid by the underwriters in the secondary public offering.
7. Commitments and Contingencies
Lease Commitments
The Company leases its offices and other equipment under non-cancelable operating leases that expire through fiscal year 2019. Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 was $0.7 million, $0.5 million and $0.5 million, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under the non-cancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2014 are as follows (in thousands):
 Lease Payments
Fiscal Year Ending March 31: 
2015$682
2016680
2017676
2018663
2019586
Total future minimum lease payments$3,287
Purchase Commitments
In November 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with one of its contract manufacturers for the purchase of product formulas for a purchase price of $2.0 million. The agreement requires annual payments of at least $0.2 million in each of the first six years of the agreement with the unpaid balance due at the end of the seven-year term in November 2018. As of March 31, 2014, the Company’s remaining obligation for product formulas was $1.7 million.
Indemnifications
In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations and provide for general indemnifications. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future but have not yet been made. The Company has not paid any significant claims or

61



been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations, and, accordingly, the Company believes that the estimated fair value of these tax deductions are considered “excess” stock compensation related deductions. Such “excess” stock compensation related tax deductionsindemnification obligations is minimal and has not accrued any amounts for these obligations.
Legal Matters
On December 6, 2013, a private organization called the Center for Environmental Health (“CEH”) sued the Company and its subsidiary, Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., in Superior Court of the State of California in the County of Alameda under California Health & Safety Code §§ 25249.5 et seq. (commonly referred to as “Proposition 65”). CEH claims that warnings are required in California under Proposition 65 for alleged exposures to lead and lead compounds from cookies that contain ginger or molasses, including Annie’s Gluten-Free Ginger Snap Bunny Cookies. CEH is seeking injunctive relief, civil penalties of $2,500 per violation per day and its attorneys’ fees and costs. The lawsuit, entitled Mondelez International, Inc., et al., Alameda County Superior Court Case No. RG13-677800, names twenty-one other companies that are either suppliers or retailers of ginger- or molasses-containing cookies. As of March 31, 2014, the Company accrued an amount equal to the current estimate of its exposure in this matter. Given the inherent uncertainty associated with legal matters, the actual cost of resolving this litigation may be recorded directlyhigher or lower than the estimated accrual.
Additionally, from time to additional-paid-in-capital (rather thantime, the Company is subject to claims, assessments or other legal proceedings in the ordinary course of business, including product liability claims, employee claims, and other general liability claims. While it is not feasible to predict or determine the ultimate outcome of these matters, the Company believes that none of these legal proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, will have a material adverse effect on its financial position or results of operations and cash flows.
8. Convertible Preferred Stock
Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO on April 2, 2012, the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into 15,221,571 shares of common stock. No shares of convertible preferred stock were authorized, issued or outstanding at March 31, 2014 or 2013.

Dividends
During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012, the Company paid cash dividends to convertible preferred stockholders of $1.07 per share, or approximately $13.1 million in the aggregate, as a tax benefitresult of participating in the common stock dividend.
9.    Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant
In March 2008, in connection with a prior term loan that was repaid in full in fiscal 2011, the Company had issued a warrant to Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“Hercules”) for the income statement) whenpurchase of 80,560 shares of Series A 2005 Convertible Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $8.07 per share. The fair value of the tax savings are realized onwarrant approximated $431,000 (see Note 2). Upon the consummation of the Company’s tax returns. In determiningIPO on April 2, 2012, the amountwarrant became a warrant to purchase 80,560 shares of cash tax savings realized fromour common stock. On April 12, 2012, Hercules exercised the excess stock compensation deductions,warrant to purchase 80,560 shares of the Company’s accounting policy iscommon stock by surrendering 17,367 shares to followpay for the tax law ordering approach, which provides that tax benefits follow the sequence in which these amounts are utilized for tax reporting purposes.exercise. As a result, the Company issued to Hercules 63,193 shares of common stock.
10. Preferred Stock
The Company’s certificate of incorporation authorized 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of March 31, 2014, no certificate of designations defining the rights and preferences of the excess stock-based compensation deductions inpreferred stock had been filed and no shares of preferred stock were issued.
11. Dividends on Common Stock
The holders of common stock are entitled to receive dividends if, as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. During the fiscal 2013,year ended March 31, 2012, the Company reduceddeclared and paid common shareholders cash dividends of $0.86 per share, or approximately $408,000 in the aggregate. No dividends were declared or paid during the fiscal years ended March 31, 2014 and 2013.

62



12. Stock Option Plans
2004 Stock Option Plan
In November 2004, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “2004 Plan”). Under the 2004 Plan, incentive and non-qualified stock options could be granted to eligible employees, directors and consultants. Vesting and exercise provisions were determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant. Options granted generally vest annually on a straight-line basis over a two- to five-year period from the date of grant. Vested options can be exercised at any time and generally expire ten years after the grant date. In the event that an option holder’s continuous service terminates, the option holder generally has three months from the date of termination in which to exercise vested options.
In February 2012, the Company’s compensation committee determined that no further awards would be granted under the 2004 Plan. As of March 31, 2014, eligible participants held options to purchase 551,181 shares of common stock under the 2004 Plan. If outstanding stock options expire or are canceled without having been fully exercised, the underlying shares will not become available for purposes of the 2004 Plan.
Annie’s, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan
In February 2012, the Board of Directors adopted and the Company’s shareholders approved the Omnibus Incentive Plan, which became effective upon the completion of the IPO. A total of 867,570 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. As of March 31, 2014, 3,857 shares have been issued and 2,468 shares have been withheld by the Company for tax withholding obligation under the Plan, 399,748 shares were reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding awards, and 461,497 shares remained available for future awards. Any shares covered by an award that are forfeited, expired, canceled, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to the grantee will be available for future grants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. However, shares surrendered to or withheld by the Company in payment or satisfaction of the exercise price of an award or any tax withholding obligation with respect to an award will not be available for the grant of new awards. The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for grants of incentive stock options, non-qualified stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, other stock-based awards and cash-based incentive awards.
The Company has granted non-qualified stock options, restricted stock units and performance share units to its taxes payableemployees and credited additional-paid-in-capitalrestricted stock units to the members of its Board of Directors from the Omnibus Incentive Plan. As of March 31, 2014, eligible participants held options to purchase 275,886 shares of common stock, 33,092 restricted stock units and 60,510 performance share units (at target) under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The options granted under the Omnibus Incentive Plan generally vest over a five-year period from the grant date. The restricted stock units granted to employees vest 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 50% on the third anniversary of the grant date. The performance share units granted to employees vest based on achievement of required cumulative compounded adjusted diluted earnings per share growth during the three-year period applicable to the grant. The vesting of stock-based awards is subject to continuance of the employment with or service to the Company.
Non-plan Stock Option Awards
The Company granted performance based option awards for $8.1 million.

the right to purchase 176,615 shares of common stock to certain key management personnel prior to fiscal 2012, all of which were vested in full as of March 31, 2012. Vesting and exercise provisions were determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant. Options granted vested according to the performance feature underlying the grant. Vested options can be exercised at any time and generally expire five to ten years after the grant date. In the event that an option holder’s continuous service terminates, the option holder generally has three months from the date of termination in which to exercise vested options. As of March 31, 2014, such key management personnel held options to purchase 86,758 shares of common stock under the non-plan stock option awards.


63



Activity of stock options under our 2004 Plan, non-plan option awards and Omnibus Incentive Plan is set forth below:
 Number of Shares 
Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
 Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Life (in Years) Aggregate Intrinsic Value
       (in thousands)
Balance at March 31, 20131,203,990
 $13.26
    
Granted66,690
 41.80
    
Forfeited(169,936) 25.78
    
Exercised(186,919) 10.48
    
Balance at March 31, 2014913,825
 $13.58
    
Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2014779,907
 $11.09
 3.9
 $22,692
Exercisable—March 31, 2014674,565
 $8.87
 3.2
 $21,128
The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 31, 2014:
   Options Outstanding  
     Weighted-Average  
    Remaining  
   Stock Options Contractual Life  Options
Exercise Price  Outstanding (Years)  Exercisable
 $4.93—$6.62 376,963
 1.8
 376,963
 $7.30—$8.88 192,809
 3.5
 192,809
 $16.94—$19.00 244,406
 7.8
 96,793
 $30.01—$35.00 40,000
 8.8
 8,000
 $35.01—$40.00 22,867
 9.1
 
 $40.01—$45.00 36,780
 9.3
 
  913,825
 4.6
 674,565
The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The valuation model for stock compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding); volatility of the Company’s common stock and an assumed-risk-free interest rate.
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Expected term (in years)5.2 - 6.0 5.2 5.2 - 6.9
Expected volatility38.2% - 39.7% 39.8% - 40.8% 41.0% - 42.0%
Risk-free interest rate0.7% - 2.1% 0.8% - 1.1% 1.1% - 3.1%
Expected dividend rate0% 0% 0%
Net Income Per ShareFair Value of Common Stock

Basic net income. Under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options is defined as the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. Prior to the IPO, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options had historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there had been no public market for the Company’s common stock prior to March 28, 2012, the Board of Directors determined the fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including valuation of comparable companies, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance and general and industry-specific economic outlook.

Weighted-Average Expected Term. The Company derived the expected term using several factors including the ratio of market value to the strike price, volatility, proximity to recent vesting and the remaining option term. In addition, the Company

64



considered behavioral factors including portfolio diversification, liquidity considerations, risk aversion and tax planning in its model to determine the expected term. Additionally, the Company considered historical experience and expected term used by peer group companies for stock option grants having similar vesting terms in determining the expected term.
Volatility. The Company did not have historical data regarding the volatility of its common stock prior to the IPO and since the IPO, it has a limited company-specific historical volatility. Therefore, the Company used the expected volatility based upon the volatility of a group of similar entities, referred to as “guideline” companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.
Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate was based on U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.
Dividend Yield. Although the Company in the past while it was a privately held company declared dividends, no future dividends are expected to be available to benefit option holders, and, accordingly, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.
Forfeitures. The Company used estimated forfeiture rates calculated based on analysis of actual forfeitures, employee turnover and other related factors. The Company used historical data to estimate pre-vesting forfeitures and recorded stock-based compensation expense only for those awards that were expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differed from the estimates, the difference in stock-based compensation expense was recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period in which the estimates were revised.
The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $5.9 million, $21.4 million and $0.6 million during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The intrinsic value was calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the common stock at time of exercise.
The weighted-average grant date fair value of the employee stock options granted was $15.79, $13.93 and $7.62 per share during the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
Stock-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses was $0.5 million, $1.1 million and $0.8 million for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The related tax benefit for stock-based compensation was $0.2 million, $0.4 million and $0.3 million for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.
The following table summarizes the activity of commonunvested restricted stock units and performance share units:
Shares-Based AwardsShares 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
Unvested at March 31, 201371,165
 $21.73
Granted65,352
 41.36
Vested(11,017) 30.19
Forfeited(36,590) 29.67
Unvested at March 31, 201488,910
 $31.84
As of March 31, 2014, there were 60,510 unvested performance share units (at target) outstanding, net of actual forfeitures. As of March 31, 2014, there were no shares estimated to be issued at the end of the performance period(s). The maximum number of total shares that could be issued at the end of performance period(s) is 90,770 shares.
As of March 31, 2014, total unrecognized compensation cost was $2.0 million related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 3.1 years.
13. Earnings Per Share
Basic earnings per share is calculated by dividing the net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding for the period. Diluted net incomeearnings per share of common stock is computed by giving effect to all potentially dilutive securities outstanding during the period. The Company utilizes the treasury stock method to calculate potential common shares that underlie its stock options to purchase common stock and restricted stock units. Performance share units are excluded from

65



potential common shares since no shares were issuable as of March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012. Additionally, the Company utilized the if-converted method and the treasury stock method to calculate potential common shares that underlay its convertible preferred stock and the warrant to purchase its convertible preferred stock, respectively. Additionally, the Company utilizes the treasury stock method to calculate potential common shares that underlie stock options to purchase common stock and restricted stock units. Performance share units are excluded from potential common shares since no shares were issuable as of March 31, 2013 and 2012. The performance share units vest based on achievement of specified percentage of targeted cumulative compounded adjusted diluted earnings per share growth rate during the three-year period ending March 31, 2015.

The potential common shares from (i) the convertible preferred stock warrant and restricted stock units for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2012; (ii) the convertible preferred stock for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011; and (iii) certain stock options to purchase Company’s common stock for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 and 2012; had an anti-dilutive effect on the earnings per share, and, accordingly, were excluded from the calculation.

Net income attributable to common stockholders during the fiscal yearsyear ended March 31, 2012 and 2011 was allocated using the two-class method. The two-class method is an earnings allocation method for calculating earnings per share when a company’s capital structure includes two or more classes of common stock or common stock and participating securities. Under this method, the Company reduced income from operations by the dividends paid to convertible preferred stockholders and the rights of the convertible preferred stockholders to participate in any undistributed earnings. The undistributed earnings were allocated based on the relative percentage of weighted average shares of outstanding convertible preferred stock to the total number of weighted average shares of outstanding common and convertible preferred stock.

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share of common stock for the periods presented, because including them would have been anti-dilutive:
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Options to purchase common stock57,085
 91,239
 379,304
Restricted stock units10,651
 
 16,700
Convertible preferred stock (on an as-if converted basis)
 
 15,221,571
Convertible preferred stock warrant
 
 80,560
Total67,736
 91,239
 15,698,135
A reconciliation of the basic and diluted earnings per share attributable to common stockholders is as follows (in thousands except share and per share amounts):
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Earnings per share:     
Net income$15,289
 $11,252
 $10,036
     Less: Dividends paid to convertible preferred stockholders
 
 13,141
Undistributed loss attributable to convertible preferred stockholders
 
 (3,408)
Net income attributable to common stockholders$15,289
 $11,252
 $303
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing earnings per share—basic16,926,827
 17,129,334
 469,089
Potential dilutive options467,146
 570,210
 641,999
Potential dilutive restricted stock units18,575
 8,295
 
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing earnings per share—diluted17,412,548
 17,707,839
 1,111,088
Earnings per share
—Basic
$0.90
 $0.66
 $0.65
     —Diluted$0.88
 $0.64
 $0.27

66



14. Geographic Areas and Product Sales
Out-of-Period AdjustmentThe Company’s net sales by geographic area, based on the location to which the product was shipped, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

During fiscal 2012,

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
United States$195,613
 $162,263
 $136,973
Canada8,491
 7,209
 4,508
 $204,104
 $169,472
 $141,481
The following table sets forth net sales by product category (in thousands):
 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Meals$99,004
 $79,006
 $60,680
Snacks79,074
 66,662
 56,868
Dressings, condiments and other26,026
 23,804
 23,933
 $204,104
 $169,472
 $141,481
All of the Company’s long-lived assets are located in the U.S.
15. Product Recall
In January 2013, the Company corrected an error in the measurementannounced a voluntary product recall of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability. The correction increased the fair value of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability by $949,000, decreased additional paid-in capital by $431,000certified organic and made with a corresponding increase in expense of $518,000, which was recorded in other income (expense), net in the accompanying statement of operations during fiscal 2012. The correction was an accumulation of an error that should have been recorded in prior periods and would have increased net loss for fiscal 2009 by $44,000, increased net income by $79,000 for fiscal

2010 and decreased net income by $553,000 for fiscal 2011. Management assessed the impact of this error and does not believe that it is material, either individually or in the aggregate, to any prior period financial statements ororganic pizza products due to the financial statements for the year ended March 31, 2012.

3. Balance Sheet Components

Inventory

Inventory is comprisedpossible presence of the following (in thousands):

   March 31, 
   2013   2012 

Raw materials

  $1,391    $1,938  

Work in process

   2,142     754  

Finished goods

   11,614     7,510  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Inventory

  $15,147    $10,202  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net are comprisedfragments of the following (in thousands):

   March 31, 
   2013  2012 

Equipment and automotive

  $2,959   $1,730  

Software

   2,410    1,188  

Leasehold improvements

   1,195    566  

Plates and dies

   244    352  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total property and equipment

   6,808    3,836  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

   (1,760  (1,719

Construction in progress

   1,090    2,181  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

  $6,138   $4,298  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

flexible metal mesh from a faulty screen at a third-party flour mill. The Company initiated the recall of all lots of pizza product manufactured with this supplier’s flour from its first purchase from the supplier in May 2012.

The Company recorded the estimated customer and consumer returns as a reduction of net sales, related costs associated with product returns, destruction charges, inventory write-off and costs incurred depreciation expenseby contract manufacturers as cost of approximately $1.0 million, $0.8sales, and administrative costs associated with the recall such as legal expenses as selling, general and administrative expenses. The Company recorded $1.9 million and $0.4 million duringfor insurance recoveries in connection with the product recall in the years ended March 31, 2013, 20122014 and 2011, respectively.

During fiscal 2013, the Company completed two construction projects – (i) a remodel of the existing office space (the “Existing Space”) and (ii) reconfiguration of the warehouse space to additional office space in order to accommodate growth. The cost of these capital projects totaled approximately $975,000, of which $629,000 was recorded in leasehold improvements and the remaining $346,000 was recorded in equipment and automotive on the Company’s consolidated balance sheet as of March 31, 2013.

Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets, net are comprised of the following (in thousands):

   March 31, 
   2013  2012 

Product formulas

  $1,023   $1,023  

Other intangible assets

   189    189  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total intangible assets

   1,212    1,212  

Less: accumulated amortization

   (96  (36
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

  $1,116   $1,176  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

In November 2011, the Company acquired product formulas for a purchase price of $2.0 million. The purchase agreement requires the Company to make annual payments of at least $150,000 in each of the first six years of the agreement, with the balance of the $2.0 million payment due at the end of the seven-year term in November 2018. The Company recorded a product formula intangible asset of $1.0 million representing the present value of the future payments, which will be amortized over the estimated useful life of 20 years using the straight-line method.

The Company incurred amortization expense of approximately $60,000, $27,000 and $9,000 on its intangible assets in fiscal 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense relating to intangible assets is anticipated to be $60,000 for each of the next five years from fiscal 2014 through fiscal 2018, totaling $300,000 and $816,000 after fiscal 2018.

Prepaid Expenses and Other Current Assets

Prepaid expenses and other current assets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012 included receivables from contract manufacturers and suppliers of $3.9 million and $0.1 million, respectively.

Accrued Liabilities

The following table shows the components of accrued liabilities (in thousands):

   March 31, 
   2013   2012 

Payroll and employee-related expenses

  $3,779    $2,768  

Accrued trade expenses

   2,299     2,631  

Inventory received not invoiced

   4,038     531  

Deferred rent

   260     264  

Brokerage commissions

   407     382  

Other accrued liabilities

   1,238     876  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total accrued liabilities

  $12,021    $7,452  
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

4. Credit Facility

In 2005, the Company entered into a bank line of credit agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with Bank of America, N.A., which provided for revolving loans and letters of credit up to $11.0 million. In March 2008, the Company amended the Credit Agreement with Bank of America to establish an inter-creditor agreement with another lender (Note 5). In August 2010, the Company amended the Credit Agreement to decrease the maximum borrowing limit on revolving loans to $10.0 million and extended the expiration date to August 20, 2012. In December 2011, the Company entered into a second amended and restated credit facility with Bank of America that, among other things, provided for an increase in its line of credit to $20.0 million and an extension of the term through August 2014. In March 2013, the Company entered into another amendment to its credit facility. This amendment provides for, among other things, an increase in the line of credit to $40.0 million and extension of the term through August 2016. The Credit Agreement is collateralized by substantially all of the Company’s assets.

The Company may select from three interest rate options for borrowings under the credit facility: (i) LIBOR (as defined in the credit facility) plus 1.25%, (ii) IBOR (as defined in the credit facility) plus 1.25% or (iii) Prime Rate (as defined in the credit facility). Weighted average interest was 1.45%, 2.74% and 1.68% for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively. The Companyimpact of recall-related charges and related insurance recoveries is required to pay a commitment fee on the unused credit facility commitments, if the outstanding balance is less than half the commitment at an annual rate

ranging from 0.25% to 0.40% depending on the utilization rate. As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, there was $33.0 million and $7.2 million, respectively, of availability for borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Interest is payable monthly.

The credit facility contains restrictions on, among other things, Company’s ability to incur additional indebtedness, pay dividends or make other distributions and make investments and loans. The credit facility also limits Company’s ability to make capital expenditures in excess of $15.0 million. The credit facility requires that the Company maintain a Funded Debt (as defined in the credit facility) to Adjusted EBITDA (as defined in the credit facility) ratio of not more than 2.75 to 1.0 and a minimum Net Worth (as defined in the credit facility) equal to at least $50.0 million, plus 30% of earnings after taxes earned each quarter (if positive), beginning with the June 2013 quarterly earnings.

There are various financial and other covenants under the Credit Agreement. Financial covenants, as defined in the Credit Agreement include a net income covenant, total liabilities to tangible net worth covenant and a minimum fixed charge coverage covenant, through the term of the agreement. The Credit Agreement requires the Company to submit interim and annual financial statements by specified dates after each reporting period. The Company was in compliance with the financial covenants as of March 31, 2013 and 2012.

5. Notes Payable

Loan and Security Agreement

In March 2008, the Company had entered into a Loan and Security Agreement (the “Loan Agreement”) with Hercules Technology II, L.P. (“Hercules”). The Loan Agreement provided for a loan in an aggregate principal amount up to $7.0 million (the “Term Loan”) and required the Company to draw an initial tranche of $4.0 million upon the execution of the Loan Agreement. The Loan Agreement provided the Company the ability to draw additional Term Loan advances in an aggregate amount up to $3.0 million in minimum increments of $1.0 million, of which the Company drew $2.0 million in August 2008. In connection with the Loan Agreement, the Company had issued a warrant to Hercules to purchase 80,560 shares of Series A 2005 Convertible Preferred Stock, and incurred approximately $215,000 for debt issuance costs. The fair value of the warrant, which was determined using Black-Scholes option-pricing model upon issuance, approximated $431,000.

The outstanding principal balance of the Term Loan bore interest at a rate offollows (in thousands except per annum equal to greater of the LIBOR Rate plus 6.5% and 10% and had an additional 2% paid-in-kind interest. Interest was payable monthly with all principal balance payable upon maturity. share amounts):

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013
Benefit to / (reduction of) net sales$1,071
 $(1,096)
Benefit to / (incremental) cost of sales628
 (1,080)
Benefit to / (incremental) selling, general and administrative expenses(24) (171)
Total benefit to / (reduction of) income before income taxes$1,675
 $(2,347)
Benefit to / (reduction of) net income$992
 $(1,364)
Benefit to / (reduction of) net income per diluted share$0.06
 $(0.08)
The Term Loan permitted the Company to prepay all principal balances with a prepayment charge. In August 2010, the Company repaid the entire $6.0 million of the then outstanding principal balance and incurred a prepayment charge of $60,000. The terms of the Loan Agreement required the Company to comply with various covenants. Through August 2010, when the Term Loan was repaid, the Company was in compliance with the terms of the Loan Agreement.

6. Related Party Transactions

Agreement with Solera Capital, LLC

In April 2011, the Company entered into a management agreement to supersede a prior agreement by and between the Company and Solera Capital, LLC, an affiliate of its principal stockholder, Solera Partners, L.P., to retain Solera to continue to provide consulting and advisory services to the Company for a term ending on the later of: (i) March 5, 2014, or (ii) the date on which Solera and its affiliates cease to own at least 10% of the voting equity of the Company (including any successor thereto). Such services may include (i) assisting in the raising of additional debt and equity capital from time to time for the Company, if deemed advisable by the Board of Directors of the Company, (ii) assisting the Company in its long-term strategic planning generally, and (iii) providing such other consulting and advisory services as the Company may reasonably request.

In consideration of Solera providing the services listed above, effective April 1, 2011, the Company agreed to pay Solera an annual advisory fee of $600,000, payable quarterly in advance on the first day of each calendar quarter, provided, however, that the fee for the calendar quarter commencing April 1, 2011 was due within 10 days of date of the agreement. The Company also agreed to reimburse Solera for Solera’s out-of-pocket costs and expenses incurred in connection with the investment by Solera in the Company in the performance of Solera’s duties under the agreement. During the years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company incurred $0.6 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for such consulting and advisory services. The advisory services agreement with Solera was terminated upon the consummation of the IPO and as such the Company paid to Solera a one-time termination fee of $1.3 million in April 2012.

On March 18, 2013, the Company concurrently with the closing of the secondary public offering repurchased 500,000 shares of its common stock from Solera in a private, non-underwritten transaction at a price of $38.25 per share. The price paid by the Company was equal to the price paid by the underwriters in the secondary public offering.

7. Commitments and Contingencies

Lease Commitments

The Company entered into a lease agreement (the “Lease”) for its headquarters at 1610 Fifth Street, Berkeley, California on November 15, 2010 with an initial term that began on March 1, 2011 and expires in February 2016. The space was comprised of 25,127 square feet of office space and 8,384 square feet of warehouse space. Pursuant to the Lease, the landlord reserved the right to elect to recapture from the Company, and lease to a third party, a portion of the warehouse space comprising not more than 6,525 square feet (“Recapture Space”), subject to certain terms and conditions provided for by the Lease. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company had a right of first refusal to lease the Recapture Space. The lease term for the Recapture Space was coterminous with the initial term, including any extensions. Further, in the event that the landlord did not elect to recapture the Recapture Space, the Company had the right, upon written notice to the landlord, to elect to lease the Recapture Space, in which event the landlord would build out the Recapture Space for office use. On September 25, 2012, the Company exercised the right and entered into an amendment to the Lease (the “Lease Amendment”).

The Lease Amendment provided (i) for the reconfiguration of the warehouse space to additional office space in order to accommodate growth, and (ii) the Company with a first option to extend the initial term of the Lease for three years (the “First Option”) followed by a second option to extend the Lease for an additional two years (the “Second Option” and, together with the First Option, the “Option Periods”). Concurrently with the execution of the Lease Amendment, the Company exercised the First Option to extend the initial lease for an additional three years to February 2019. The terms, covenants and conditions of the Lease, as amended, will continue to govern the Options Periods, except that the applicable monthly rent for the Option Periods will be equal to 95% of the fair market rental rate for the property, however, the monthly rent payable during the Option Periods will not be less than the monthly rent payable during the immediately preceding month of the initial term or First Option period, as applicable. The landlord is required to deliver to the Company a notice of the fair market rental rate for the property no later than August 1, 2015. If the Company does not agreeexpect any significant further costs or recoveries associated with the proposed fair market rental rate, then the term of the lease will expire at the end of the initial term in February 2016. In such event, the Company will have to reimburse to the landlord an amount not to exceed 40% of the total tenant improvement allowance plus interest, as determined in accordance with the Lease.

Rent expense for non-cancellable operating lease with scheduled rent increases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. Rent expense for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was approximately $532,000, $480,000 and $309,000, respectively.

Future minimum lease payments under the noncancelable operating leases as of March 31, 2013 are as follows (in thousands):

Fiscal Year Ending March 31:

  Lease Payments 

2014

  $634  

2015

   651  

2016

   669  

2017

   669  

2018

   662  

2019

   586  
  

 

 

 

Total future minimum lease payments

  $3,871  
  

 

 

 

Purchase Commitments

The Company has material non-cancelable purchase commitments, directly or through contract manufacturers, to purchase ingredients to be used in the future to manufacture its products. As of March 31, 2013, the Company’s purchase commitments totaled $10.4 million, which will substantially be incurred in fiscal 2014.

In September 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with its contract warehousing company that includes minimum overhead fees of $200,000 annually beginning April 1, 2012 through June 2015. As of March 31, 2013, the remaining obligation under the agreement for overhead fees was $450,000.

In November 2011, the Company entered into an agreement with one of its contract manufacturers for the purchase ofvoluntary product formulas for a purchase price of $2.0 million. The agreement requires annual payments of at least $150,000 in each of the first six years of the agreement with the balance of the $2.0 million payment due at the end of the seven-year term in November 2018. As of March 31, 2013, the Company’s remaining obligation for product formulas was $1.85 million.

Indemnifications

In the normal course of business, the Company enters into contracts that contain a variety of representations and provide for general indemnifications. The Company’s exposure under these agreements is unknown because it involves claims that may be made against the Company in the future but have not yet been made. To date, the Company has not paid any claims or been required to defend any action related to its indemnification obligations, and, accordingly, the Company believes that the estimated fair value of these indemnification obligations is minimal and has not accrued any amounts for these obligations.

Legal Matters

From time to time, the Company is subject to claims and assessments in the ordinary course of business. The Company is not currently a party to any litigation matter that, individually or in the aggregate, is expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.

8. Convertible Preferred Stock

Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO in April 2, 2012, the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into 15,221,571 shares of common stock. No shares of convertible preferred stock were authorized, issued or outstanding at March 31, 2013.

The convertible preferred stock at March 31, 2012 consists of the following (in thousands, except shares):

  Shares
Authorized
  Shares Issued and
Outstanding
  Proceeds, Net of
Issuance Costs
  Aggregate
Liquidation
Amount
 

Series

    

Series A 2002 Convertible Preferred Stock

  3,802,086    3,802,084   $23,374   $41,418  

Series A 2004 Convertible Preferred Stock

  4,806,000    4,806,000    30,999    50,226  

Series A 2005 Convertible Preferred Stock

  3,738,469    3,673,469    27,000    40,783  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total convertible preferred stock

  12,346,555    12,281,553   $81,373   $132,427  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Dividends

During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the convertible preferred stockholders received cash dividends of $1.07 and $0.99 per share, respectively, or approximately $13.1 million and $12.2 million in the aggregate, respectively, as a result of participating in the common stock dividend.

Conversion

The holders of shares of convertible preferred stock had the right, at the election of the holders of at least a majority of such series of preferred stock, to convert such shares into that number of shares of common stock equal to the applicable initial purchase price divided by the conversion price then in effect. No fractional shares of common stock could be issued upon such conversion. Initially, such conversion would have been on a 1-for-1 basis, subject to adjustment for any stock dividend, stock split, reclassification, recapitalization, consolidation or similar event. In addition, the holders of shares of convertible preferred stock were entitled to anti-dilution protection, which provided that, subject to certain exceptions, upon a subsequent dilutive issuance of common stock for a purchase price per share of less than the applicable conversion price then in effect, the conversion price of such series of preferred stock would be adjusted on a weighted average basis. As a result, the conversion ratio of convertible preferred stock to common stock would be adjusted accordingly. On March 7, 2012, the Company declared a stock split effected as a stock dividend of 0.239385 shares for each share of common stock. As a result, the conversion ratio for each series of convertible preferred stock as of March 31, 2012 was 1-for-1.239385. Immediately prior to the closing of the IPO, the outstanding shares of convertible preferred stock were automatically converted into 15,221,571 shares of common stock.

9. Convertible Preferred Stock Warrant

In March 2008, in connection with the Term Loan (Note 5), the Company had issued a warrant to Hercules for the purchase of 80,560 shares of Series A 2005 Convertible Preferred Stock at an exercise price of $8.07 per share. The fair value of the warrant, which was determined using Black-Scholes option-pricing model upon issuance, approximated $431,000 (Note 2). The warrant was immediately exercisable on the date of issuance and was scheduled to expire at the earlier of five years from a qualifying IPO of the Company’s common stock or April 1, 2018. Upon the consummation of the Company’s IPO on April 2, 2012, the warrant became a warrant to purchase 80,560 shares of our common stock and the related convertible preferred stock warrant liability was reclassified to additional paid-in capital. On April 12, 2012, Hercules exercised the warrant to purchase 80,560 shares of our common stock by surrendering 17,367 shares to pay for the exercise. As a result, the Company issued Hercules 63,193 shares of common stock.

As of April 2, 2012, the Company measured the fair value of the outstanding convertible preferred stock warrant using an option pricing method with several possible distribution outcomes depending on the timing and kind of liquidity event utilizing the following assumptions:

April 2, 2012

Remaining contractual life (in years)

0.03

Risk-free interest rate

2.2

Expected volatility

41

Expected dividend rate

0

Remaining Contractual Life. The Company derived the remaining contractual life based on the remaining term through actual exercise on April 12, 2012.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate was based upon U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the warrant.

Volatility. Since prior to the IPO, the Company was a private entity with no historical data regarding the volatility of its preferred stock, the expected volatility used was based upon the volatility of a group of similar entities, referred to as “guideline” companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.

Dividend Yield. Although the Company in the past declared dividends, no future dividends are expected to be available to benefit warrant holder, and, accordingly, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

During fiscal 2012, the Company corrected errors in the measurement of the convertible preferred stock warrant liability through March 31, 2011 and recorded a loss of $518,000 included in other income (expense), net in the accompanying statement of operations (Note 2).

Prior to April 2, 2012, the Company categorized the convertible preferred stock warrant liability as a Level 3 financial liability since there was no market activity for the underlying shares of the 2005 Convertible Preferred Stock.

The following table sets forth a summary of the changes in the fair value of the Company’s Level 3 financial liabilities (in thousands):

  April 2, 2012 

Fair value at March 31, 2012

 $2,157  

Change in fair value recorded in other income (expense), net

  13  
 

 

 

 

Fair value at April 2, 2012

 $2,170  
 

 

 

 

10. Preferred Stock

As of March 31, 2013, the Company’s Charter authorized 5,000,000 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. As of March 31, 2013, no certificate of designations defining the rights and preferences of the preferred stock had been filed and no shares of preferred stock were outstanding.

As of March 31, 2012, the Company’s Charter authorized 18,867,086 shares of preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share. 12,346,555 of such authorized preferred stock were designated as convertible preferred stock, 12,281,553 of which were issued and outstanding (see Note 8). No certificate of designation defining the rights and preferences of the remaining 6,455,531 shares of preferred stock, had been filed and none of such shares of preferred stock were outstanding.

11. Common Stock

As of March 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company’s Charter authorized 30,000,000 and 24,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.001 par value per share, respectively, of which 16,849,016 and 483,242 shares were issued and outstanding, respectively. Each share of the common stock has the right to one vote. The holders of common stock are also entitled to receive dividends out of funds legally available therefor and if, as and when declared by the Company’s Board of Directors. During the fiscal years ended March 31, 2012 and 2011, the Company declared and paid common shareholders cash dividends of $0.86 and $0.80 per share, respectively, or approximately $408,000 and $371,000 in the aggregate, respectively. No dividends were declared or paid during fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

12. Stock Option Plans

2004 Stock Option Plan

In November 2004, the Board of Directors of the Company adopted the 2004 Stock Option Plan (the “2004 Plan”). Under the 2004 Plan, incentive and non-qualified stock options could be granted to eligible employees, directors and consultants. Vesting and exercise provisions were determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant. Options granted generally vest annually on a straight-line basis over a two- to five-year period from the date of grant. Vested options can be exercised at any time and generally expire ten years after the grant date. Options may be exercised once vested at the price per share, determined by the Board of Directors when granted, which approximated the fair market value at the grant date. In the event that an option holder’s continuous service terminates, the option holder generally has three months from the date of termination in which to exercise vested options.

On February 22, 2012, the Company’s compensation committee determined that no further awards would be granted under the 2004 Plan. As of March 31, 2013, eligible participants held options to purchase 721,247 shares of common stock under the 2004 Plan. If outstanding stock options expire or are canceled without having been fully exercised, the underlying shares will not become available for purposes of the 2004 Plan.

Annie’s, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan

In February 2012, the Board of Directors adopted and the Company’s shareholders approved the Omnibus Incentive Plan, which became effective upon the completion of IPO. A total of 867,570 shares of common stock were reserved for future issuance under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. As of March 31, 2013, no shares had been issued under the Plan, 436,873 shares were reserved for issuance pursuant to outstanding awards, and 430,697 shares remained available for future awards. Any shares covered by an award that are forfeited, expired, canceled, settled in cash or otherwise terminated without delivery of shares to the grantee will be available for future grants under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. However, shares surrendered to or withheld by the Company in payment or satisfaction of the exercise price of an award or any tax withholding obligation with respect to an award will not be available for the grant of new awards. The Omnibus Incentive Plan provides for grants of incentive stock options, or ISOs, non-qualified stock options, or NSOs, stock appreciation rights, or SARs, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance awards, other stock-based awards and cash-based incentive awards.

The Company has granted non-qualified stock options, restricted stock units and performance share units to its employees from the Omnibus Incentive Plan. As of March 31, 2013, eligible participants held options to purchase 340,215 shares of common stock, 20,192 restricted stock units and 50,973 performance share units under the Omnibus Incentive Plan. The options granted to employees generally vest in four equal installments beginning on the second anniversary of the grant date, and on each anniversary thereafter, provided continuance of employment with the Company. The restricted stock units granted to employees vest 50% on the second anniversary of the grant date, and the remaining 50% on the third anniversary of the grant date, provided continuance of the employment with the Company. The performance share units granted to employees vest based on achievement of required cumulative compounded adjusted diluted earnings per share growth during the three-year period beginning April 1, 2012 and ending March 31, 2015.

Non-plan Stock Option Awards

The Company granted performance based option awards for the right to purchase 176,615 shares of common stock to certain key management prior to fiscal 2012, all of which were vested in full as of March 31, 2012. Vesting and exercise provisions were determined by the Board of Directors at the time of grant. Options granted vested according to the performance feature underlying the grant. Vested options can be exercised at any time and expire generally five to ten years after the grant date. In the event that an option holder’s continuous service terminates, the option holder generally has three months from the date of termination in which to exercise vested options. As of March 31, 2013, such management held options to purchase 142,528 shares of common stock under the non-plan stock option awards.

Activity of stock options under our 2004 Plan, non-plan option awards and Omnibus Incentive Plan is set forth below:

  Number
of Shares
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price
  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(in Years)
  Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value
 
           (in thousands) 

Balance, March 31, 2012

  1,759,367   $9.56    

Granted

  91,239    38.03    

Cancelled

  (15,606  16.62    

Exercised

  (631,010  6.45    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Balance, March 31, 2013

  1,203,990   $13.26    
 

 

 

  

 

 

   

Vested and expected to vest—March 31, 2013

  990,823   $11.01    4.9   $27,000  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Exercisable—March 31, 2013

  747,273   $7.73    3.7   $22,816  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 31, 2013:

   Options Outstanding 

Exercise Price

  Stock Options
Outstanding
   Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life
(Years)
   Options
Exercisable
 

$4.93—5.20

   167,835     2.1     167,835  

  6.62—6.62

   253,501     3.4     253,501  

  7.30—7.95

   23,789     3.8     23,789  

  8.55—8.75

   77,101     4.3     77,101  

  8.88—8.88

   186,624     4.2     181,668  

  16.94—17.55

   154,925     8.2     43,379  

  19.00—19.00

   248,976     9.0     —    

  34.53—42.05

   91,239     9.8     —    
  

 

 

     

 

 

 
   1,203,990     5.7     747,273  
  

 

 

     

 

 

 

The Company uses the Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of stock options. The valuation model for stock compensation expense requires the Company to make assumptions and judgments about the variables used in the calculation including the expected term (weighted-average period of time that the options granted are expected to be outstanding); volatility of the Company’s common stock, an assumed-risk-free interest rate and the estimated forfeitures of unvested stock options.

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
   2013  2012  2011

Expected term (in years)

  5.2  5.2—6.9  N/A

Expected volatility

  39.8%—40.8%  41%—42%  N/A

Risk-free interest rate

  0.8%—1.1%  1.1%—3.1%  N/A

Expected dividend rate

  0%  0%  N/A

Fair Value of Common Stock. Under our Omnibus Incentive Plan, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options is defined as the closing price of our common stock on the date of the grant. Prior to the IPO, the fair value of the shares of common stock underlying the stock options had historically been determined by the Board of Directors. Because there had been no public market for the Company’s common stock prior to March 28, 2012, the Board of Directors determined fair value of the common stock at the time of grant of the option by considering a number of objective and subjective factors including valuation of comparable companies, sales of convertible preferred stock to unrelated third parties, operating and financial performance and general and industry-specific economic outlook.

Weighted-Average Expected Term. The Company derived the expected term using several factors including the ratio of market value to the strike price, volatility, proximity to recent vesting and the remaining option term. In addition, the Company considered behavioral factors including portfolio diversification, liquidity considerations, risk aversion and tax planning in its model to determine the expected term. Additionally, the Company considers historical experience in determining the expected term.

Volatility. Since the Company has no historical data regarding the volatility of its common stock prior to the IPO and it has limited company-specific historical volatility, the expected volatility used is based upon the volatility of a group of similar entities, referred to as “guideline” companies. In evaluating similarity, the Company considered factors such as industry, stage of life cycle and size.

Risk-Free Interest Rate. The risk-free interest rate is based upon U.S. Treasury zero-coupon issues with remaining terms similar to the expected term of the options.

Dividend Yield. Although the Company in the past while it was a privately held company declared dividends, no future dividends are expected to be available to benefit option holders, and, accordingly, the Company used an expected dividend yield of zero in the valuation model.

Forfeitures. The Company is required to estimate forfeitures at the time of grant, and revise those estimates in subsequent periods if actual forfeitures differ or are expected to differ from those estimates. The Company uses historical data to estimate pre-vesting option forfeitures and record stock based compensation expense only for those awards that are expected to vest. To the extent actual forfeitures differ from the estimates, the difference will be recorded as a cumulative adjustment in the period that the estimates are revised.

The Company estimates its forfeiture rate based on an analysis of its actual forfeitures and will continue to evaluate the adequacy of the forfeiture rate assumption based on actual forfeitures, analysis of employee turnover, and other related factors.

The total intrinsic value of share options exercised during the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 was $21.4 million, $635,000 and $37,000, respectively. The intrinsic value is calculated based on the difference between the exercise price and the fair value of the common stock at time of exercise.

The weighted average grant date fair value of the employee stock options granted during the years ended March 31, 2013 and 2012 was $13.93 and $7.62 per share, respectively. No employee stock options were granted in fiscal 2011.

Stock-based compensation expense included in selling, general and administrative expenses, for the years ended March 31, 2012, 2011 and 2010 was approximately $1.1 million, $0.5 million and $0.4 million, respectively. The related tax benefit for stock-based compensation was $0.4 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, respectively.

The following table summarizes the activity of unvested restricted stock units and performance share units:

Shares-Based Awards

  Shares  Weighted-
Average
Grant Date
Fair Value
 

Unvested at March 31, 2012

   65,899   $19.00  

Granted

   10,398    41.66  

Vested

   —      —    

Forfeited

   (5,132  27.01  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Unvested at March 31, 2013

   71,165   $21.73  
  

 

 

  

 

 

 

As of March 31, 2013, there were 50,973 unvested performance share units outstanding, net of actual forfeitures. As of March 31, 2013, the number of shares estimated to be issued at the end of the performance period is a total of 25,493 shares, for which the Company recorded an expense of $130,000, net of estimated forfeitures during fiscal 2013. The maximum number of total shares that could be issued at the end of performance period is 76,466 shares.

As of March 31, 2013, there was $3.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested share-based compensation arrangements which is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 3.4 years.

13.recall.

16.    Employee Benefit Plans

The Company offers a retirement savings plan under Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue Code. The plan covers all employees who meet minimum age and service requirements and allows participants to defer a portion of their annual compensation on a pre-tax basis. Under the plan, the Company match was increased from 25% to 50% during third quarter of fiscal 2013 up to a maximum of 6% of eligible compensation, not to exceed $4,000. Contribution$4,000 per participant. The Company incurred $0.3 million of matching contribution expense was not materialfor the year ended March 31, 2014. The contribution expense for the years presented.

14.ended March 31, 2013 or 2012 was not material.


67


17. Income Taxes

The provision for (benefit from) income taxes was as follows (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013  2012  2011 

Current

    

Federal

  $6,111   $4,205   $446  

State

   1,823    1,894    941  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   7,934    6,099    1,387  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred

    

Federal

   681    933    4,220  

State

   (297  (444  (59
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   384    489    4,161  

Less: Valuation allowance

   —      —      (11,295
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 
   384    489    (7,134
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

  $8,318   $6,588   $(5,747
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Current     
     Federal$8,110
 $6,111
 $4,205
     State1,934
 1,824
 1,894
 10,044
 7,935
 6,099
Deferred     
     Federal226
 504
 893
     State267
 (327) (451)
 493
 177
 442
Provision for income taxes$10,537
 $8,112
 $6,541
The reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the Company’s effective tax is presented below:

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013  2012  2011 

Tax at federal statutory rate

   35.0  34.2  34.0

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

   5.0    5.8    4.0  

Non-deductible permanent difference

   2.1    3.7    —    

Effect of tax rate change

   —      (1.0  —    

Change in valuation allowance

   —      —      (78.4

Other

   (0.2  (2.0  0.5  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Provision for (benefit from) income taxes

   41.9  40.7  (39.9)% 
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Tax at federal statutory rate35.0 % 35.0 % 34.2 %
State income taxes, net of federal benefit5.5
 5.0
 5.8
Non-deductible permanent difference0.5
 2.1
 2.5
Effect of tax rate change
 
 (1.0)
Other(0.2) (0.2) (2.0)
 40.8 % 41.9 % 39.5 %
During fiscal 2013,2014, the Company reduced its taxes payable by $8.1$2.5 million, as a result of the exercise of non-qualified stock options. The excess tax benefit associated with stock-based compensation of $20.0$2.1 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013,2014, was recorded in additional-paid-in-capital.


68


The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of the deferred tax assets are presented below (in thousands):

   March 31, 
   2013  2012  2011 

Deferred tax assets

    

Credits and net operating loss carryforwards

  $3,749   $3,975   $4,804  

Share-based compensation expense

   1,332    1,441    1,130  

Accrued compensation

   1,211    895    1,004  

Reserves and allowances

   436    63    38  

Capital loss carryforward

   428    424    336  

Other, net

   645    729    586  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Gross deferred tax assets

   7,801    7,527    7,898  

Valuation allowance

   (428  (424  (336
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

   7,373    7,103    7,562  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities

    

Property, plant and equipment

   (1,111  (458  (428
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

   (1,111  (458  (428
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net deferred tax assets

  $6,262   $6,645   $7,134  
  

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

 March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Deferred tax assets     
     Credits and net operating loss carryforwards$3,287
 $3,749
 $3,975
     Share-based compensation expense1,134
 1,332
 1,441
     Accrued compensation934
 1,211
 895
     Reserves and allowances1,231
 1,018
 439
     Capital loss carryforward
 428
 424
    Other, net1,021
 645
 729
Gross deferred tax assets7,607
 8,383
 7,903
     Valuation allowance
 (428) (424)
Total deferred tax assets7,607
 7,955
 7,479
Deferred tax liabilities     
     Property, plant and equipment(1,256) (1,111) (458)
Total deferred tax liabilities(1,256) (1,111) (458)
Net deferred tax assets$6,351
 $6,844
 $7,021
As of March 31, 2013, the Company has a $5.1 million state capital loss carryforward resulting from the disposition of Fantastic Foods in fiscal 2009, for which a full valuation allowance iswas recorded because management believesbelieved it iswas more likely than not that the Company willwould not generate a capital gain needed to be able to offset the state capital loss.

As of March 31, 2014, this capital loss expired and therefore, the associated deferred tax asset and corresponding valuation allowance have been removed from the balance sheet.

The Company had the following net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards for tax purposes (in thousands):

   March 31, 
   2013   2012   2011 

Federal

  $9,276    $9,931    $12,020  

State

   7,165     7,686     6,070  

 March 31,
 2014 2013 2012
Federal$8,274
 $9,276
 $9,931
State6,605
 7,165
 7,686
These NOL carryforwards are available to offset future federal and state taxable income through 20282027 and 2033,2021, respectively. Pursuant to Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code, if there is a change in stock ownership

of the Company exceeding 50% during a three-year period, the utilization of the Company’s NOL carryforwards may be limited. The business acquisitions in fiscal 2005 resulted in a change in stock ownership and, consequently, the Company’s NOLs generated prior to these ownership changes are subject to an annual limitation.

The Company files consolidated tax returns for federal income taxes as well as for state income taxes in various state jurisdictions. In the normal course of business, the Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities. These audits include questioning the timing and amount of deductions, the nexus of income among various tax jurisdictions and compliance with federal, state, and local tax laws. Due to net operating loss carryovers, the Company is open for U.S. federal state and localstate income tax examinations for fiscal 19981999 until 20032007 and then once again for U.S. federal income tax examinations for fiscal 20102011 and beyond and for state and local income tax examinations for fiscal 20092010 and beyond.

The Company did not have any unrecognized tax positions at March 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 20112012 that if recognized would affect the annual effective tax rate. During the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 2012 and 2011,2012, the Company did not record any accrued interest or penalties for federal and state income tax purposes. It is difficult to predict the final timing and resolution of any particular uncertain tax position. Based on the Company’s assessment, including past experience and complex judgments about future events, theThe Company does not expect thatmaterial changes in the liability fortotal amount of unrecognized tax benefits duringwithin the next twelve12 months, will havebut the outcome of tax matters is uncertain and unforeseen results can occur.

69


18.    Joplin Acquisition
On April 2, 2014, the Company completed its previously announced acquisition of a significant impact on its financial position or resultssnack manufacturing plant in Joplin, Missouri (the “Joplin Plant”) from Safeway Inc. and Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc. (together the “Selling Parties”) for $6.0 million of operations.

15. Net Income per Sharecash, plus the value of Common Stock attributable to Common Stockholders

The following outstanding shares of potentially dilutive securities were excluded from the computation of diluted net income per share of common stock for the periods presented, because including them would have been anti-dilutive:

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013   2012   2011 

Convertible preferred stock (on an as-if converted basis)

   —       15,221,571     15,221,571  

Options to purchase common stock

   91,239     379,304     —    

Restricted stock units

   —       16,700     —    

Convertible preferred stock warrant

   —       80,560     —    
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

   91,239     15,698,135     15,221,571  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the numeratorinventory and denominator used in the calculation of the basic and diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders is as follows (in thousands except share and per share amounts):

  Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
  2013  2012  2011 

Net income per share:

         

Numerator

   

Net income

 $11,551   $9,589   $20,155  

Less: Dividends paid to convertible preferred stockholders

  —      13,141    12,159  

Undistributed income (loss) attributable to convertible preferred stockholders

  —      (3,842  7,400  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income attributable to common stockholders—basic and diluted

 $11,551   $290   $596  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Denominator

   

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income attributable to common stockholders—basic

  17,129,334    469,089    461,884  

Potential dilutive options, as calculated using treasury stock method

  570,210    641,999    703,561  

Potential restricted stock units, as calculated using treasury stock method

  8,295    —      —    

Potential dilutive warrants, as calculated using treasury stock method

  —      —      35,680  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing net income attributable to common stockholders—diluted

  17,707,839    1,111,088    1,201,125  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

Net income per share attributable to common stockholders

   

—Basic

 $0.67   $0.62   $1.29  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

—Diluted

   
 $0.65   $0.26   $0.50  
 

 

 

  

 

 

  

 

 

 

16. Geographic Areas and Product Sales

The Company’s net sales by geographic areas,supplies at closing (calculated based on the locationSelling Parties’ costs). The Company funded the acquisition with approximately $7.4 million in cash on hand and restricted cash of $0.3 million deposited previously in an escrow account. The Joplin Plant has been the primary manufacturer of the Company’s cookie and cracker products for more than ten years. Company products produced in the Joplin Plant currently account for over 40% of its total snacks net sales and represent the majority of the Joplin Plant’s total production volume. In connection with the closing of the acquisition, Annie’s Baking, LLC, the subsidiary of Annie’s that acquired the Joplin Plant, entered into a three-year supply agreement with an affiliate of Safeway Inc., pursuant to wherewhich the productCompany manufactures products for the affiliate. The preliminary allocation of the aggregate cost of acquisition was shipped, are summarized as follows (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013   2012   2011 

United States

  $162,749    $136,803    $114,454  

Canada

   7,228     4,501     3,162  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $169,977    $141,304    $117,616  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

 Total Preliminary Purchase Price Allocation
Machinery and equipment$4,463
Inventory1,495
Building and improvement920
Land180
Goodwill450
Total purchase price$7,508

70


19. Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following table sets forth net sales by product category expressed as dollar amounts (in thousands):

   Fiscal Year Ended March 31, 
   2013   2012   2011 

Meals

  $79,270    $60,624    $49,168  

Snacks

   66,844     56,789     44,687  

Dressings, condiments and other

   23,863     23,891     23,761  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 
  $169,977    $141,304    $117,616  
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Allprovides the selected quarterly financial data for fiscal 2014 and 2013:

 Fiscal Year 2014 Fiscal Year 2013
 Mar. 31, Dec. 31, Sept. 30 June 30, Mar. 31, Dec. 31, Sept. 30 June 30,
 2014 2013 2013 2013 2013 2012 2012 2012
 (in thousands, except for share and per share amounts)
Net Sales$60,057
 $46,419
 $58,310
 $39,318
 $52,092
 $36,319
 $46,651
 $34,410
Cost of sales39,037
 28,228
 36,932
 24,278
 32,027
 23,267
 28,786
 20,486
Gross profit21,020
 18,191
 21,378
 15,040
 20,065
 13,052
 17,865
 13,924
                
Income before provision for income taxes8,744
 4,720
 8,731
 3,631
 6,964
 2,356
 6,322
 3,722
                
Net income$5,128
 $2,769
 $5,220
 $2,172
 $3,865
 $1,422
 $3,764
 $2,201
Earnings per share��              
          —Basic$0.30
 $0.16
 $0.31
 $0.13
 $0.22
 $0.08
 $0.22
 $0.13
          —Diluted$0.29
 $0.16
 $0.30
 $0.13
 $0.22
 $0.08
 $0.21
 $0.12
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing earnings per share               
          —Basic17,005,472
 16,937,139
 16,896,227
 16,869,557
 17,262,253
 17,249,536
 17,070,327
 16,936,007
          —Diluted17,425,573
 17,398,006
 17,392,447
 17,353,222
 17,724,131
 17,781,720
 17,702,516
 17,600,908
In the first, second, third and fourth quarters of fiscal 2014, the Company recorded total benefit to / (reduction of) income before provision for income taxes of $(0.3) million, $1.3 million, 0.4 million and $0.3 million related to the impact of the Company’s long-lived assets are located inJanuary 2013 voluntary product recall and related insurance recoveries.
In the U.S.

17. Product Recall

In Januarythird and fourth quarters of fiscal 2013, the Company announced arecorded reduction of income before provision for income taxes of $2.3 million and $0.1 million related to the impact of the January 2013 voluntary product recall and related insurance recoveries.

In the second and fourth quarters of certified organicfiscal 2013, the Company recorded $0.7 million and made with organic pizza products$0.5 million for secondary offering costs, respectively. Additionally, in the first quarter of fiscal 2013, the Company recorded non-cash charge of $13,000 due to the possible presenceincrease in fair value of fragmentsthe convertible preferred stock warrant.

71


The Company initiatedfollowing table provides the recallquarterly financial data for fiscal 2014, and includes the effect of all lotsthe aforementioned revisions (see Note 2) to the Company's Consolidated Statements of pizza product manufactured with this supplier’s flour from its first purchase from the supplier in May 2012. The Company recordedIncome and certain items associated with the recall in its financial resultsother immaterial corrections for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013.

quarters presented:

 Fiscal 2014 Quarters
 First Second Third
 Reported Correction Revised Reported Correction Revised Reported Correction Revised
Net Sales$39,040
 $278
 $39,318
 $58,650
 $(340) $58,310
 $46,177
 $242
 $46,419
Cost of sales24,278
 
 24,278
 36,749
 183
 36,932
 27,951
 277
 28,228
Gross profit14,762
 278
 15,040
 21,901
 (523) 21,378
 18,226
 (35) 18,191
Selling, general and administrative expenses11,327
 37
 11,364
 12,538
 37
 12,575
 13,421
 
 13,421
Income from operations3,435
 241
 3,676
 9,363
 (560) 8,803
 4,805
 (35) 4,770
Interest expense(71) 
 (71) (104) 
 (104) (80) 
 (80)
Other income (expense), net26
 
 26
 32
 
 32
 30
 
 30
Income before provision for income taxes3,390
 241
 3,631
 9,291
 (560) 8,731
 4,755
 (35) 4,720
Provision for income taxes1,361
 98
 1,459
 3,739
 (228) 3,511
 1,966
 (15) 1,951
Net income$2,029
 $143
 $2,172
 $5,552
 $(332) $5,220
 $2,789
 $(20) $2,769
Earnings per share                 
—Basic$0.12
 $0.01
 $0.13
 $0.33
 $(0.02) $0.31
 $0.16
 $
 $0.16
—Diluted$0.12
 $0.01
 $0.13
 $0.32
 $(0.02) $0.30
 $0.16
 $
 $0.16
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding used in computing earnings per share                 
—Basic16,869,557
 16,869,557
 16,869,557
 16,896,227
 16,896,227
 16,896,227
 16,937,139
 16,937,139
 16,937,139
—Diluted17,353,222
 17,353,222
 17,353,222
 17,392,447
 17,392,447
 17,392,447
 17,398,006
 17,398,006
 17,398,006

72


The Company recordedfollowing table provides the estimated customerquarterly financial data for fiscal 2013 and consumer returns as a reduction of net sales, related costs associated with product returns, destruction charges, inventory write-off and costs incurred by contract manufacturers as cost of sales, and administrative costs associated withincludes the recall such as legal expenses as selling, general and administrative expenses. As a resulteffect of the voluntary product recall,aforementioned revisions (see Note 2) to the Company recorded an estimated accrual for product returns and recall-related costsCompany's Consolidated Statements of approximately $2.4 millionIncome for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013 as follows (in thousands except per share amount):

   Amount 
  

Reduction of net sales

  $1,096  

Incremental cost of sales

   1,080  

Incremental administrative costs

   171  
  

 

 

 

Total reduction to income before income taxes

  $2,347  
  

 

 

 

Impact on net income

  $1,364  
  

 

 

 

Impact on net income per diluted share

  $0.08  
  

 

 

 

The accrual for product returns is based on Company’s estimatequarters presented:

 Fiscal 2013
 First Second Third Fourth
 Reported Correction Revised Reported Correction Revised Reported Correction Revised Reported Correction Revised
Net Sales$34,293
 $117
 $34,410
 $46,686
 $(35) $46,651
 $36,283
 $36
 $36,319
 $52,715
 $(623) $52,092
Cost of sales20,486
 
 20,486
 28,786
 
 28,786
 23,267
 
 23,267
 32,027
 
 32,027
Gross profit13,807
 117

13,924

17,900

(35)
17,865

13,016

36

13,052

20,688

(623)
20,065
Selling, general and administrative expenses10,211
 
 10,211
 11,539
 
 11,539
 10,687
 
 10,687
 13,024
 
 13,024
Income from operations3,596
 117

3,713

6,361

(35)
6,326

2,329

36

2,365

7,664

(623)
7,041
Interest expense(40) 
 (40) (40) 
 (40) (40) 
 (40) (48) 
 (48)
Other income (expense), net49
 
 49
 36
 
 36
 31
 
 31
 (29) 
 (29)
Income before provision for income taxes3,605
 117

3,722

6,357

(35)
6,322

2,320

36

2,356

7,587

(623)
6,964
Provision for income taxes1,474
 47
 1,521
 2,572
 (14) 2,558
 919
 15
 934
 3,353
 (254) 3,099
Net income$2,131
 $70

$2,201

$3,785

$(21)
$3,764

$1,401

$21

$1,422

$4,234

$(369)
$3,865
Earnings per share                       
—Basic$0.13
 $

$0.13

$0.22

$

$0.22

$0.08

$

$0.08

$0.25

$(0.02)
$0.22
—Diluted$0.12
 $

$0.12

$0.21

$

$0.21

$0.08

$

$0.08

$0.24

$(0.02)
$0.22
Weighted average shares of common stock outstanding
used in computing earnings per share
    `                  
—Basic16,936,007
 16,936,007
 16,936,007
 17,070,327
 17,070,327
 17,070,327
 17,249,536
 17,249,536
 17,249,536
 17,262,253
 17,262,253
 17,262,253
—Diluted17,600,908
 17,600,908
 17,600,908
 17,702,516
 17,702,516
 17,702,516
 17,781,720
 17,781,720
 17,781,720
 17,724,131
 17,724,131
 17,724,131




73


ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND

FINANCIAL DISCLOSURES

None.


ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

We have established disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that the information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms and that such information is accumulated and communicated to management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer (who are our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, respectively) as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures. Based on this review, the principal executive officerevaluation and principalas described below under “Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting,” we have identified a material weakness in our internal control over financial officer of the Company havereporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)). Due to this material weakness, our CEO and CFO concluded that the Company’sour disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) were not effective as of March 31, 2013.

2014.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting

Management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15(d)-15(f)15d-15(f). The Company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements prepared for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Our management, with the participation of our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, we conducted an evaluation ofassessed the effectiveness of ourthe Company’s internal control over financial reporting based onas of March 31, 2014 using the frameworkcriteria established inInternal Control - Integrated Framework (1992) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.Commission (COSO). Based on our evaluation under the framework inInternal Control — Integrated Framework,this assessment and those criteria, management concluded that due to the material weakness described below, our internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of March 31, 2013.

2014.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
The material weakness we identified relates to an insufficient complement of finance and accounting resources, including employee turnover, within the organization resulting in design deficiencies in certain areas in which our controls were not precise enough to detect misstatements that in the aggregate could be material to the consolidated financial statements. Specifically, we have determined that (1) our historical methodology for estimating certain trade allowances was not designed to include all related trade promotion costs subsequent to period end and (2) our controls over accounting for contract manufacturing were not designed with an appropriate level of precision to evaluate the valuation and accuracy of all contract manufacturing receivables and payables.


74


This material weakness did not result in any material misstatements of the Company's consolidated financial statements and disclosures for any interim periods during, or for the annual periods ended March 31, of fiscal 2014, 2013 and 2012. This material weakness resulted in audit adjustments during our fourth quarter ended March 31, 2014 and immaterial misstatements to our net sales, costs of goods sold, inventory, accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and other current assets, and accrued liabilities and revisions to our consolidated financial statements for the first three interim periods of fiscal 2014, for the interim periods during and the annual period ended March 31 of fiscal 2013 and the year ended March 31, 2012. Additionally, this material weakness, if not remediated, could result in a material misstatement to our annual or interim consolidated financial statements that would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
The effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of March 31, 2014, has been audited by PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their report, which is included in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Remedial Actions
Management believes that significant progress has been made during the year ended March 31, 2014, and through the date of this report, in remediating the underlying causes of the material weakness. We have taken, and will continue to take, a number of actions to remediate this material weakness. Among other things, we have:
augmented and hired additional accounting and finance resources and professionals, including a new Chief Financial Officer in November 2013 and a new Controller in March 2014, together with other new hires in the senior accounting and finance organization;
developed and implemented an improved methodology and process for capturing and recording all trade promotion costs and this calculation will be reviewed by our Controller for each quarter;
made our President responsible for the oversight of all items included in the calculation of gross to net sales;
designed a control to review the reconciliations with our contract manufacturers on a quarterly basis;
enhanced the documentation of our estimation and reconciliation of our contract manufacturing receivables and payables;
engaged an external audit firm to assist with our internal audit function and SOX testing; and
established a controls committee with participation from the Board of Directors, senior management and the aforementioned external audit firm, that reports directly to our Board of Directors.
In addition, under the direction of the audit committee of our board of directors, we will continue to develop and implement policies and procedures to improve the overall effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting. Management believes the foregoing efforts will effectively remediate the material weakness. As we continue to evaluate and work to improve our internal control over financial reporting, management may determine to take additional measures to address control deficiencies or determine to modify the remediation plan described above. We cannot assure you, however, when we will remediate such weakness, nor can we be certain of whether additional actions will be required or the costs of any such actions.
Changes in Internal Control Overover Financial Reporting

There waswere no changechanges in our internal control over financial reporting (as definedidentified in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) underconnection with the Exchange Act) that occurredevaluation of our controls performed during the quarterly periodquarter ended March 31, 20132014, other than the additional accounting and finance resources and professionals referenced above in this Item 9A, that hashave materially affected, or isare reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.


75


PART III


ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information set forth in the sections relating to our director nominees under the headings “Executive Officers,” “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” and “Corporate Governance” in our Definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in September 20132014 (the “2013“2014 Proxy Statement”).

We have adopted a Code of Ethics that applies to all of our directors, officers and employees, including our principal executive, financial and accounting officers, or persons performing similar functions. Our Code of Ethics is posted under Corporate Governance on the Investor Relations page of our corporate website, www.annies.com. We intend to make any required disclosures regarding any amendments of our Code of Ethics or waivers granted to any of our directors or executive officers under our Code of Ethics on our website.


ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information in the 20132014 Proxy Statement under the headings “Executive Compensation,” “Corporate Governance,” “Executive Compensation - Compensation Committee Report” and “Director Compensation.”


ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND

RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information in the 20132014 Proxy Statement under the headings “Executive Compensation - Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Ownership of Annie’s Common Stock.”


ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS,

AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information in the 20132014 Proxy Statement under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance.”


ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference from the information in the 20132014 Proxy Statement under the headings “Auditor’s Fees and Services” and “Audit Committee Pre-Approval Policies and Procedures Relating to Services by Auditor.”



76


PART IV


ITEM 15.     EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES


1.Financial Statements: See “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” in Part II, Item 8 of this Annual Report on Form 10-K

2.Exhibits: The exhibits listed in the accompanying index to exhibits are filed or incorporated by reference as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.



77


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.


Date: June 2, 2014
Date: June 14, 2013ANNIE’S INC.
ANNIE’S, INC.
 
 By: /s/ Kelly J. KennedyZahir M. Ibrahim
 Zahir M. Ibrahim
 Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
 Kelly J. Kennedy

Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

POWER OF ATTORNEY

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints John M. Foraker and Kelly J. Kennedy,Zahir M. Ibrahim, his/her attorney-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him/her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connections therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and conforming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue of hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

 

Title

 

Date

/s/ John M. Foraker

John M. Foraker

 

Chief Executive Officer and Director

(principal executive officer)

 June 14, 20132, 2014

/s/ Kelly J. Kennedy

Kelly J. Kennedy

John M. Foraker
 

(principal executive officer)

/s/ Zahir M. Ibrahim    Executive Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

and Treasurer

June 2, 2014
Zahir M. Ibrahim(principal financial officer and principal

accounting officer)

 June 14, 2013

/s/ Molly F. Ashby

Molly F. Ashby

 Chairman of the Board of Directors June 14, 20132, 2014
Molly F. Ashby

/s/ Lawrence S. Peiros

Lawrence S. Peiros

 Director June 14, 20132, 2014
Lawrence S. Peiros

/s/ Julie D. Klapstein

Julie D. Klapstein

 Director June 14, 20132, 2014
Julie D. Klapstein

/s/ Bettina M. Whyte

Bettina M. Whyte

 Director June 14, 20132, 2014
Bettina M. Whyte

/s/ Billie Ida Williamson

Billie Ida Williamson

 Director June 14, 20132, 2014
Billie Ida Williamson



78


EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

 Incorporation by Reference 
   Form  File No.  Exhibit(s) Filing Date 

3.1

  Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation  Form 8-K    001-35470   3.1  April 3, 2012  

3.2

  Amended and Restated Bylaws  Form S-1    333-178270   3.2  February 24, 2012  

4.1

  Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2    

4.2

  Form of Common Stock Certificate  Form S-1    333-178270   4.2  March 16, 2012  

4.3

  Third Amended and Restated Stockholders’ Agreement dated as of November 22, 2011  Form S-1    333-178270   4.3  December 1, 2011  

4.4

  Termination Agreement by and between the Registrant and Solera dated as of July 26, 2013  Form S-1    333-182706   4.4  July 30, 2012  

4.5

  Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 14, 2005  Form S-1    333-178270   4.4  December 1, 2011  

4.6

  Warrant Agreement by and between the Registrant and Hercules Technology II, L.P. dated as of March 28, 2008  Form S-1    333-178270   4.5  December 1, 2011  

10.1

  Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.1  February 24, 2012  

10.2

  Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.2  December 1, 2011  

10.3

  Form of Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan Two-Year Grant Agreement+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.3  December 1, 2011  

10.4

  Form of Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan Five-Year Grant Agreement+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.4  December 1, 2011  

10.5

  Annual Cash Incentive Plan for Fiscal Year 2010+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.5  March 9, 2012  

10.6

  Annual Cash Incentive Plan for Fiscal Year 2011+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.6  March 9, 2012  

10.7

  Stock Option Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and John Foraker dated as of April 27, 2011+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.7  December 1, 2011  

10.8

  Stock Option Purchase Agreement between the Registrant and Sarah Bird dated as of April 27, 2011+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.8  December 1, 2011  

10.9

  Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A. dated as of December 21, 2011  Form S-1    333-178270   10.10  January 18, 2012  

10.10

  Amended and Restated Security Agreement between the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A. dated as of August 25, 2010  Form S-1    333-178270   10.11  January 18, 2012  

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

 Incorporation by Reference 
   Form  File No.  Exhibit(s) Filing Date 

10.11

  Office Lease for 1610 Fifth Street, Berkeley, California 94613, between the Registrant and Cedar/Fourth Street Partners dated as of November 15, 2010  Form S-1    333-178270   10.12  January 18, 2012  

10.12

  Warehousing of Goods Agreement between the Registrant and Distribution 2000, Inc. dated as of September 30, 2011†  Form S-1    333-178270   10.13  March 9, 2012  

10.13

  Revised Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between Annie’s Homegrown, Inc. and Philadelphia Macaroni Company (dba Conte Luna Foods) dated as of April 1, 2007†  Form S-1    333-178270   10.14  March 9, 2012  

10.14

  Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between Annie’s Homegrown, Inc. and Harmony Foods Corp. (dba Santa Cruz Nutritionals) dated as of April 18, 2008†  Form S-1    333-178270   10.16  March 9, 2012  

10.15

  Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between Annie’s Homegrown, Inc. and Chelten House Products, Inc. dated as of May 29, 2009†  Form S-1    333-178270   10.17  March 9, 2012  

10.16

  Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between Homegrown Naturals, Inc. and Leone Industries dated as of January 12, 2007†  Form S-1    333-178270   10.18  March 9, 2012  

10.17

  Addendum to Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between Homegrown Naturals, Inc. and Leone Industries dated as of June 30, 2009†  Form S-1    333-178270   10.19  March 9, 2012  

10.18

  Product Supply Agreement between Annie’s Homegrown, Inc. and Dairiconcepts, L.P. dated as of November 1, 2011†  Form S-1    333-178270   10.20  March 9, 2012  

10.19

  Services Agreement between the Registrant and Solera Capital, LLC dated as of April 27, 2011  Form S-1    333-178270   10.22  January 18, 2012  

10.20

  Termination Agreement between the Registrant and Solera Capital, LLC dated as of February 2, 2012  Form S-1    333-178270   10.23  February 24, 2012  

10.21

  Separation Agreement and Release dated April 19, 2011 between the Registrant and Steven Jackson+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.25  January 18, 2012  

10.22

  Reaffirmation of Amended and Restated Security Agreement between the Registrant and Bank of America, N.A.  Form S-1    333-178270   10.26  January 18, 2012  

10.23

  Executive Employment Agreement between the Registrant and John Foraker dated as of February 22, 2012+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.28  February 24, 2012  

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

 Incorporation by Reference 
   Form  File No.  Exhibit(s) Filing Date 

10.24

  Annie’s, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.29  March 9, 2012  

10.25

  Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan IPO Stock Option Agreements+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.30  March 9, 2012  

10.26

  Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan IPO Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.31  March 16, 2012  

10.27

  Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan IPO Performance Share Award Agreement+  Form S-1    333-178270   10.32  March 9, 2012  

10.28

  Distribution Agreement between the Registrant and United Natural Foods, Inc. dated as of January 1, 2012†  Form S-1    333-178270   10.33  March 9, 2012  

10.29

  First Amendment to Office Lease by and between Cedar/Fourth Street Partners and the Registrant dated as of September 25, 2012  Form 8-K    001-35470   10.1  October 1, 2012  

10.30

  Amended and Restated Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between the Registrant and Philadelphia Macaroni Company dated as of September 25, 2012†  Form 10-Q    001-35470   10.1  October 31, 2012  

10.31

  Amendment to Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between the Registrant and Chelten House Products, Inc. dated as of September 25, 2012†  Form 10-Q    001-35470   10.2  October 31, 2012  

10.32

  Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between the Registrant and Little Lady Foods, Inc. dated as of September 28, 2012†  Form 10-Q    001-35470   10.3  October 31, 2012  

10.33

  Share Repurchase Agreement entered into as of February 28, 2013, by and among the Registrant and Solera Partners, L.P. and SCI Partners, L.P.  Form 8-K    001-35470   10.1  March 1, 2013  

10.34

  Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of March 7, 2013 between Bank of America, N.A. and the Registrant  Form 8-K    001-35470   10.1  March 8, 2013  

10.35

  Reaffirmation of Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2013 between Bank of America, N.A. and the Registrant  Form 8-K    001-35470   10.2  March 8, 2013  

10.36

  Offer Letter between Annie’s, Inc. and Isobel Jones+  Form 8-K    001-35470   10.1  April 2, 2013  

10.37*

  Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan Stock Option Award Agreement+    

10.38*

  Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement +    

Exhibit
Number

  

Description

 Incorporation by Reference 
   Form  File No.  Exhibit(s) Filing Date 

10.39*

  Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance Share Unit Award Agreement +    

10.40*

  Independent Director Compensation Plan+    

10.41*

  Independent Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Program under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective May 30, 2013)+    

10.42*

  Form of Notice of Grant under Independent Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Program+    

21.1

  Subsidiaries of the Registrant  Form S-1    333-178270   21.1  December 1, 2011  

23.1*

  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    

24.1*

  Power of Attorney (included on signature page)    

31.1*

  Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended    

31.2*

  Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended    

32.1*

  Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350    

101*

  The following materials from Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2013, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) includes: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2013 and 2012, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2013, 2012 and 2011 and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.    


Exhibit NumberDescriptionIncorporation by Reference
  FormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
2.1Agreement of Purchase and Sale among Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Annie’s, Inc. dated November 5, 2013Form 10-Q001-354702.17-Nov-13
2.2*Letter Agreement Regarding Inventory and Supplies Valuation among Safeway Australia Holdings, Inc., Safeway Inc. and Annie’s, Inc., dated March 4, 2014    
2.3*Assignment between Annie’s, Inc. and Annie’s Baking, LLC dated March 20, 2014    
  3.1Second Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Annie’s, Inc., dated September 10, 2013Form 8-K001-354703.313-Sep-13
  3.2Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of Annie’s, Inc., effective September 10, 2013Form 8-K001-354703.413-Sep-13
  4.1Reference is made to Exhibits 3.1 and 3.2    
  4.2Form of Common Stock CertificateForm S-1333-1782704.216-Mar-12
  4.3Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement dated as of November 14, 2005Form S-1333-1782704.41-Dec-11
10.1Services Agreement between Annie’s, Inc. and Solera Capital, LLC dated as of April 27, 2011Form S-1333-17827010.2218-Jan-12
10.2Termination Agreement between Annie’s, Inc. and Solera Capital, LLC dated as of February 2, 2012Form S-1333-17827010.2324-Feb-12
10.3Share Repurchase Agreement entered into as of February 28, 2013, by and among Annie’s, Inc. and Solera Partners, L.P. and SCI Partners, L.P.Form 8-K001-3547010.11-Mar-13
10.4Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement between Annie’s, Inc., Annie’s Enterprises, Inc., Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., and Napa Valley Kitchens, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. dated as of December 21, 2011Form S-1333-17827010.1018-Jan-12
10.5Amended and Restated Security Agreement between Annie’s, Inc., Annie’s Enterprises, Inc., Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., and Napa Valley Kitchens, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A. dated as of August 25, 2010Form S-1333-17827010.1118-Jan-12
10.6Reaffirmation of Amended and Restated Security Agreement between Annie’s, Inc., Annie’s Enterprises, Inc., Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., and Napa Valley Kitchens, Inc. and Bank of America, N.A.Form S-1333-17827010.2618-Jan-12
10.7Amendment No. 1 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of March 7, 2013 between Bank of America, N.A. and Annie’s Inc., Annie’s Enterprises, Inc., Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., and Napa Valley Kitchens, Inc.Form 8-K001-3547010.18-Mar-13
10.8Reaffirmation of Amended and Restated Security Agreement dated as of March 7, 2013 between Bank of America, N.A. and Annie’s, Inc., Annie’s Enterprises, Inc., Annie’s Homegrown, Inc. and Napa Valley Kitchens, Inc.Form 8-K001-3547010.28-Mar-13
10.9Amendment No. 2 to the Second Amended and Restated Loan Agreement dated as of November 5, 2013 among Bank of America, N.A., Annie’s, Inc., Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., Annie’s Enterprises, Inc. and Napa Valley Kitchens, Inc.Form 10-Q001-3547010.37-Nov-13
10.10Joinder Agreement dated as of November 22, 2013 between Bank of America, N.A. and Annie’s, Inc., Annie’s Enterprises, Inc., Annie’s Homegrown, Inc., Napa Valley Kitchens, Inc. and Annie’s Baking, LLCForm 10-Q001-3547010.410-Feb-14

79


Exhibit NumberDescriptionIncorporation by Reference
  FormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
10.11Office Lease for 1610 Fifth Street, Berkeley, California, between Annie’s, Inc. and Cedar/Fourth Street Partners dated as of November 15, 2010Form S-1333-17827010.1218-Jan-12
10.12First Amendment to Office Lease by and between Cedar/Fourth Street Partners and Annie’s, Inc. dated as of September 25, 2012Form 8-K001-3547010.11-Oct-12
10.13Warehousing of Goods Agreement between Annie’s, Inc. and Distribution 2000, Inc. dated as of September 30, 2011†Form S-1333-17827010.139-Mar-12
10.14*Amendment to Warehousing of Goods Agreement between Annie’s, Inc. and Distribution 2000, Inc. dated as of June 13, 2012†    
10.15Amended and Restated Contract Manufacturing and Packaging Agreement between Annie’s Homegrown, Inc. and Philadelphia Macaroni Company dated as of September 25, 2012†Form 10-Q001-3547010.131-Oct-12
10.16Product Supply Agreement between Annie’s Homegrown, Inc. and Dairiconcepts, L.P. dated as of November 1, 2011†Form S-1333-17827010.209-Mar-12
10.17Form of Director and Officer Indemnification Agreement+Form S-1333-17827010.124-Feb-12
10.18Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan+Form S-1333-17827010.21-Dec-11
10.19Form of Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan Two-Year Grant Agreement+Form S-1333-17827010.31-Dec-11
10.20Form of Amended and Restated 2004 Stock Option Plan Five-Year Grant Agreement+Form S-1333-17827010.41-Dec-11
10.21Annie’s, Inc. Omnibus Incentive Plan+Form S-1333-17827010.299-Mar-12
10.22Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan IPO Stock Option Agreement+Form S-1333-17827010.309-Mar-12
10.23Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan IPO Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement+Form S-1333-17827010.3116-Mar-12
10.24Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan IPO Performance Share Award Agreement+Form S-1333-17827010.329-Mar-12
10.25Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan Stock Option Award Agreement+Form 10-K001-3547010.3714-Jun-13
10.26Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement+Form 10-K001-3547010.3814-Jun-13
10.27Form of Omnibus Incentive Plan Performance Share Unit Award Agreement+Form 10-K001-3547010.3914-Jun-13
10.28Independent Director Compensation Plan+Form 10-K001-3547010.4014-Jun-13
10.29Independent Director Restricted Stock Unit Award Program under the Omnibus Incentive Plan (as amended and restated effective May 30, 2013)+Form 10-K001-3547010.4114-Jun-13
10.30Form of Notice of Grant under Independent Director Restricted Stock Unit Awards Program+Form 10-K001-3547010.4214-Jun-13
10.31Executive Employment Agreement between Annie’s, Inc. and John Foraker dated as of February 22, 2012+Form S-1333-17827010.2824-Feb-12
10.32Stock Option Purchase Agreement between Annie’s, Inc. and John Foraker dated as of April 27, 2011+Form S-1333-17827010.71-Dec-11
10.33Executive Employment Agreement dated October 16, 2013 between Annie’s, Inc. and Zahir Ibrahim+Form 8-K001-3547010.121-Oct-13
10.34Transition and Separation Agreement dated October 16, 2013 between Annie’s, Inc. and Kelly J. Kennedy+Form 8-K001-3547010.221-Oct-13
10.35Offer Letter between Annie’s, Inc. and Isobel A. Jones+Form 8-K001-3547010.12-Apr-13

80


Exhibit NumberDescriptionIncorporation by Reference
  FormFile No.Exhibit(s)Filing Date
10.36*Transition and Separation Agreement dated March 26, 2014 between Annie’s, Inc. and Isobel A. Jones+    
10.37Transition and Separation Agreement dated March 28, 2014 between Annie’s, Inc. and Amanda K. Martinez+Form 8-K001-3547010.131-Mar-14
21.1*Subsidiaries of Annie’s, Inc.    
23.1*Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP    
24.1*Power of Attorney (included on signature page)    
31.1*Certification of Principal Executive Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended    
31.2*Certification of Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(a) and 15d-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended    
32.1*Certification of Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer Required Under Rule 13a-14(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and 18 U.S.C. §1350    
101*The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2014, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting Language (XBRL) includes: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2014 and 2013, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Convertible Preferred Stock and Stockholders’ Equity (Deficit) for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended March 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012 and (v) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.    
      

*     Filed herewith.
+     Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
+Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Certain portions have been omitted pursuant to a confidential treatment request.request or order. Omitted information has been filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.
*Furnished or filed herewith, as applicable

92


81